XRX-12.31.14-10-K


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________ 
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________  
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2014
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from: ______  to: _______
Commission File Number 001-04471
_________________________________________________  

XEROX CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________  
New York
 
16-0468020
(State of incorporation)
 
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
P.O. Box 4505, 45 Glover Avenue,
Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505
 
(203) 968-3000
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 par value
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
 
Chicago Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
____________________________  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No ý
The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2014 was $14,345,220,956.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:
Class
 
Outstanding at January 31, 2015
Common Stock, $1 par value
 
1,112,199,705

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the following document are incorporated herein by reference:
Document
 
Part of Form 10-K in which Incorporated
Xerox Corporation Notice of 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K)
 
III




FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
From time to time, we and our representatives may provide information, whether orally or in writing, including certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are deemed to be "forward-looking" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Litigation Reform Act"). These forward-looking statements and other information are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by us using information currently available.
The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected or intended or using other similar expressions. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

In accordance with the provisions of the Litigation Reform Act, we are making investors aware that such forward-looking statements, because they relate to future events, are by their very nature subject to many important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, any exhibits to this Form 10-K and other public statements we make.
Such factors include, but are not limited to: changes in economic conditions, political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements and tax matters in the United States and in the foreign countries in which we do business; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; our ability to successfully develop new products, technologies and service offerings and to protect our intellectual property rights; the risk that multi-year contracts with governmental entities could be terminated prior to the end of the contract term and that civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions could be imposed on us if we fail to comply with the terms of such contacts and applicable law; the risk that our bids do not accurately estimate the resources and costs required to implement and service very complex, multi-year governmental and commercial contracts, often in advance of the final determination of the full scope and design of such contracts or as a result of the scope of such contracts being changed during the life of such contracts; the risk that subcontractors, software vendors and utility and network providers will not perform in a timely, quality manner; service interruptions; actions of competitors and our ability to promptly and effectively react to changing technologies and customer expectations; our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services and to maintain and improve cost efficiency of operations, including savings from restructuring actions and the relocation of our service delivery centers; the risk that individually identifiable information of customers, clients and employees could be inadvertently disclosed or disclosed as a result of a breach of our security systems; the risk in the hiring and retention of qualified personnel; the risk that unexpected costs will be incurred; our ability to recover capital investments; the risk that our Services business could be adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in managing the start-up of new contracts; the collectibility of our receivables for unbilled services associated with very large, multi-year contracts; reliance on third parties, including subcontractors, for manufacturing of products and provision of services; our ability to expand equipment placements; interest rates, cost of borrowing and access to credit markets; the risk that our products may not comply with applicable worldwide regulatory requirements, particularly environmental regulations and directives; the outcome of litigation and regulatory proceedings to which we may be a party; and other factors that are set forth in the “Risk Factors” section, the “Legal Proceedings” section, the “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K.

On December 18, 2014, Xerox Corporation announced that it had entered into an agreement to sell its Information Technology Outsourcing (“ITO”) business to Atos S.E. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2015. As a result of the pending sale of the ITO business and having met applicable accounting requirements, Xerox is reporting the ITO business as a discontinued operation.  The forward looking statements contained in this report are subject to the risk that the sale of the ITO business may not occur on the terms, within the time frame and/or in the manner previously disclosed, if at all.   





XEROX CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
DECEMBER 31, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
Part I
 
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II
 
Item 5.
Market for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.
Other Information
Part III
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.
Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Auditor Fees and Services
Part IV
 
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures
.
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Index of Exhibits




PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Xerox is the world's leading enterprise for business process and document management solutions. We provide services, technology and expertise to enable our customers - from small businesses to large global enterprises - to focus on their core business and operate more effectively.

We are a leader across large, diverse and growing markets estimated at nearly $650 billion. The global business process outsourcing market is very broad, encompassing multi-industry business processes as well as industry-specific business processes, and our addressable market is estimated at almost $300 billion. The document management market is estimated at roughly $100 billion and is comprised of the document systems, software, solutions and services that our customers have relied upon for years to help run their businesses and reduce their costs. Xerox led the establishment of the managed print services market, and continues today as the industry leader in this expanding market segment. The global information technology outsourcing market segments where we participate are estimated to be roughly $250 billion in aggregate.

Market estimates are derived from third-party forecasts produced by firms such as Gartner and Nelson Hall, and from our internal assumptions.

The following are some additional insights into these business areas:

Business Process Outsourcing (BPO): We are the largest diversified business process outsourcing company worldwide, with an expertise in managing transaction-intensive processes. This includes services that support enterprises through multi-industry offerings such as customer care, transaction processing, finance and accounting, and human resources, as well as industry-focused offerings in areas such as healthcare, transportation, financial services, retail and telecommunications.

Document Technology and Document Outsourcing (DO): Our document technology products and solutions support the work processes of our customers by providing them with an efficient, cost effective printing and communications infrastructure. Our DO service offerings help customers ranging from small businesses to global enterprises optimize their use of document systems and also their related document workflow and business processes.

Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO): Our specialty is the design, development and delivery of flexible IT solutions, mapped to each client's needs and standards. Our secure data centers, help desks and managed storage facilities around the world provide a reliable IT infrastructure to our clients.

On December 18, 2014, we announced an agreement to sell our ITO business to Atos SE (Atos). Atos is a leading international IT services company. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2015. As a result of this pending transaction and having met applicable accounting requirements, we reported the ITO business as held for sale and a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014 and reclassified its results from the Services segment to Discontinued Operations.

Subsequent to the closing of this transaction, Xerox will no longer directly market stand-alone IT services. Atos will provide IT services to our current BPO customers and will support much of Xerox's internal IT requirements. They will also be part of a broad network of IT providers with whom we can partner to provide world-class IT services as part of our future BPO offerings. This transaction is part of our ongoing portfolio management strategy and enables Xerox to increase our focus on our leading BPO and DO solutions where we can deliver the most value and expertise to our clients.
Our Strategy and Business Model
Our strategy is to apply technology and innovation to transform the way people work and live, and to create sustained shareholder value through growth in business services and continued leadership in document technology. We also create value through expanding margins and profits as well as a balanced capital allocation strategy that returns cash to shareholders, while investing for growth and competitive advantage. To accomplish this, we have established the following strategic priorities:

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 1


Leverage Brand Strength and Market Position
We have a strong and valuable brand that continues to be ranked in the top percentile of the most valuable global brands. Well-recognized and respected, our brand is associated worldwide with delivering innovative solutions, and industry-leading business process and document management services and technology.

Xerox has a broad, diverse set of offerings in Services and a strong, well-positioned product portfolio in Document Technology. We are strengthening our market positions by constantly evaluating our businesses and focusing our investments in areas where we have an advantage, and where the greatest market opportunities exist. We expect to accomplish this by targeting acquisitions and investing in businesses that will enhance our Services offerings and capabilities, capitalize on our deep industry expertise and expand services globally, while maintaining our Document Technology leadership in attractive market segments.

Geographically, our footprint spans more than 180 countries and allows us to serve customers of all sizes to deliver superior technology and services regardless of complexity or number of customer locations.

Profitably Grow Services in Attractive Markets
Over half of our revenue was derived from business services in 2014. The business services markets have attractive market growth rates of mid-single digits or above and we believe we can grow our Services revenue at or above the market growth rates over time through both organic and inorganic growth. Across our business, we serve industry verticals where we have deep expertise resulting from years of experience, strong customer relationships, global scale and renowned innovation. Capitalizing on the opportunities that these strengths provide will continue to be key to our growth.

We are also focusing on international markets for Services growth. Currently, our BPO revenues are largely derived from services provided to customers in the U.S. By leveraging our existing global presence and customer relationships, we are actively expanding our BPO services internationally, and we will also grow globally through acquisitions.

Lead in Document Technology
We are focused on maintaining our leadership position in the Document Technology market and continuing to innovate around our software, hardware and services offerings. For example, in 2014 we expanded the software and application capabilities of Xerox® ConnectKey®, a major new software and solutions capability we launched in 2013, and also broadened the number of devices that are enabled with this capability. In 2014, we expanded our product portfolio by introducing over twenty new devices and also launched over twenty new workflow and software solutions. These include products and solutions in the growing graphic communications market, and expanding upon our investments in the production inkjet market and further building upon our 2013 Impika acquisition. Continuing to bring innovative new products and solutions to market while also enhancing existing products and solutions will enable us to sustain our Document Technology market leadership.

Innovate to Differentiate Our Offerings
Differentiating our offerings is key to our strategy. A critical role of our research is to envision the future and define new research and competency areas for that future. We direct our research & development (R&D) investments to areas such as data analytics, business process automation, and improving the quality and reducing the environmental impact of digital printing. The proportion of our annual U.S. patent filings related to software, solutions and analytics oriented capabilities has increased each of the last five years and they represented almost forty percent of our filings in 2014. We are investing in attractive markets, such as healthcare, to create differentiation. In addition, our acquisitions target companies providing new capabilities and offering access to adjacent services, solutions and technologies. We expect this will deliver incremental value for our customers and drive profitable revenue growth for our business.

Drive Operational Excellence Across Our Businesses
Our operational excellence model leverages our global delivery capabilities, production model, incentive-based compensation process, proprietary systems and financial discipline to deliver increased productivity and lower costs for our customers and for our own business. Margin expansion is a key priority within Services and an overall opportunity for Xerox that we will achieve through specific initiatives aimed at improving our cost structure and portfolio mix. As markets shift, we undertake restructuring to optimize our workforce and facilities to best align our resources with the growth areas of our business, and to maximize profitability and cash flow in businesses that are declining. In Services, we realigned our delivery resources into global capability organizations in order to maximize

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 2


our global scale and ensure service delivery excellence across our BPO offerings. We also have initiatives underway to continue improving our software platform implementation capability, which includes establishing strategic partnerships to supplement our internal capabilities. With our ongoing efforts and targeted initiatives in both Services and Document Technology, we look to maintain or increase our profitability and overall competitive positioning.

Engage, Develop and Support Our People
Our Services and Document Technology offerings and know-how are a powerful combination, and are supported by a talented global workforce focused on delivering value to our customers. We continue to nurture and develop our employees’ talents by investing in processes and systems to equip them with modern tools that will make it easier for them to perform their jobs more effectively and manage their careers, and by providing them opportunities for growth and development throughout their careers.

Annuity-Based Business Model and Shareholder-Centered Capital Allocation
Our business is based on an annuity model that provides significant recurring revenue and cash generation. In 2014, 84 percent of our total revenue was annuity-based; this includes contracted services, equipment maintenance, consumable supplies and financing, among other elements. The remaining 16 percent of our revenue comes from equipment sales, either from lease agreements that qualify as sales for accounting purposes or outright cash sales.

We remain committed to using our strong cash flow to deliver shareholder returns now and in the future through a balanced capital allocation strategy that includes share repurchase, acquisitions and dividends.

Acquisitions and Divestitures
The following is a summary of our acquisitions and divestitures in 2014. Additional details can be found in Note 3 - Acquisitions and Note 4 - Divestitures, in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Services Acquisitions and Divestiture
In the Services segment, consistent with our strategy to expand our offerings and geographic reach through acquisitions and to actively manage our product portfolio, we acquired or divested the following companies:

•
Invoco Holding GmbH (Invoco), a German-based customer care services provider.

•
Smart Data Consulting, a New York-based provider of hosted and on-site e-discovery services.

•
ISG Holdings, Inc. (ISG), a provider of bill review software and services and managed care programs for the workers compensation industry which are offered through two subsidiaries; California-based StrataCare and Florida-based Bunch CareSolutions.

•
Consilience Software, Inc. (Consilience), an Austin-based company providing case management and workflow automation software to the public sector.

•
The learning services unit of Seattle-based Intrepid Learning Solutions (closed January 2015).

•
Truckload Management Services (TMS) business was divested. This was a non-core business that provided document capture and submission solutions as well as campaign management, media buying and digital marketing services to the long haul trucking and transportation industry.

Document Technology and Other Acquisitions and Divestiture:
In the Document Technology segment, consistent with our strategy to expand distribution to under-penetrated markets, we acquired Las Vegas, NV based Elan Office Systems and Birmingham, Alabama based Stewart of Alabama.

Within the Other segment, we completed the closure of Xerox Audio Visual Solutions, Inc. (XAV), a non-core audio visual business within our Global Imaging Systems subsidiary (GIS). XAV provided audio visual equipment and services to enterprise and government customers.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 3


Innovation and Research
Xerox has a rich heritage of innovation, and innovation continues to be a core strength of the Company as well as a competitive differentiator. Our aim is to create value for our customers, our shareholders, and our people by driving innovation in key areas. Our investments in innovation align with our growth opportunities in areas like business process services, color printing and customized communication. Our research efforts can be categorized under four themes:

1.
Usable Analytics - Transform big data into useful information resulting in better business decisions:
Competitive advantage can be achieved by better utilizing available and real-time information. Today, information resides in an ever increasing universe of servers, repositories and formats. The vast majority of information is unstructured, including text, images, voice and videos. One key research area is making sense of unstructured information using natural language processing and semantic analysis. A second major research area focuses on developing proprietary methods for prescriptive analytics applied to business processes. Here, we seek to better manage very large data systems in order to extract business insights and use those insights to provide our clients with actionable recommendations. Tailoring these methods to various vertical applications leads to new customer value propositions.

2.
Agile Enterprise - Create simple, automated and touch-less business processes resulting in lower cost, higher quality and increased agility:
Businesses require agility in order to quickly respond to market changes and new business requirements. To enable greater business process agility, our research goals are to simplify, automate and enable business processes on the cloud via flexible platforms that run on robust and scalable infrastructures. Automation of business processes benefits from our research on image, video and natural language processing as well as machine learning. Application of these methods to business processes enables technology to perform tasks that today are performed manually, thus allowing workers to focus on higher level tasks.
 
3.
Personalization @ Scale - Augment humans by providing secure, real-time, context-aware personalized products, solutions and services:
Whether talking about business correspondence, personal communication, manufactured items or an information service, personalization increases the value to the recipient. Our research leads to technologies that improve the efficiency, economics and relevance of business services, such as customer care, benefits and educational services. Our proprietary printing technologies give us a strong platform to research and develop methods that create affordable, ubiquitous color printing. We also research how to expand the application of digital printing to cover new applications such as packaging and printing directly on end-use products.

4.
Sustainable Enterprise & Society - Enhance the environmental and societal benefits of our offerings:
Global demand for energy, and the environmental consequences of products used by enterprises and consumers, have elevated customer interest in sustainable solutions. Our research develops technologies that minimize the environmental impact of document systems and business processes. We seek opportunities to utilize processes and components that minimize life-cycle footprint and waste, and create zero bioaccumulation. We also actively seek to incorporate bio-based materials into our printing consumables. To help our customers optimize their operations, research is creating new enterprise-wide energy optimization tools, and user sustainability feedback systems.

Global Research Centers
We have four global research centers, each with a unique area of focus. They are places where creativity and entrepreneurship are truly valued. Our leadership has empowered employees to deliver leading-edge research and high-impact innovations that make a difference to our clients and the world. Our research centers are:

•
Palo Alto Research Center (PARC): A wholly-owned subsidiary of Xerox located in Silicon Valley and Webster NY, PARC provides Xerox commercial and government clients with R&D and open innovation services. PARC scientists have deep technological expertise in big data analytics, intelligent sensing, computer vision, networking, printed electronics, energy, and digital design and manufacturing. In 2014 we consolidated our Webster research center operations into PARC.

•
Xerox Research Center of Canada (XRCC): Located in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, XRCC is our materials research center that focuses on imaging and consumable materials. These include toners, inks and smart materials for our Document Technology business, as well as materials for digital manufacturing.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 4


•
Xerox Research Center Europe (XRCE): Located in Grenoble, France, XRCE research aims to differentiate Xerox business process service offerings by simplifying them and making them more automated, intelligent and agile. The center combines its world-class expertise in imaging, text and data analytics, with insights from its ethnographic studies to create and design innovative and disruptive technology.

•
Xerox Research Center India (XRCI): Located in Bangalore, India, XRCI explores, develops, and incubates innovative solutions and services for our global customers, with a special focus on emerging markets.

Investment in R&D is critical for competitiveness in our fast-paced markets. We have aligned our R&D investment portfolio with our growth initiatives, including enhancing customer value by building on our business process services leadership and accelerating our color leadership. One of the ways that we maintain our market leadership is through strategic coordination of our R&D with Fuji Xerox (an equity investment in which we maintain a 25 percent ownership interest).

Our total research, development and engineering expenses (RD&E), which includes sustaining engineering expenses for hardware engineering and software development after we launch a product, totaled $577 million in 2014, $603 million in 2013 and $655 million in 2012. Fuji Xerox R&D expenses were $654 million in 2014, $724 million in 2013 and $860 million in 2012.

Segment Information

Our reportable segments are Services, Document Technology and Other. We present operating segment financial information in Note 2 - Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which we incorporate by reference here. We have a broad and diverse base of customers by both geography and industry, ranging from small and midsize businesses (SMBs) to graphic communications companies, governmental entities, educational institutions and Fortune 1000 corporate accounts. None of our business segments depends upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Revenues by Business Segment
Our Services segment is the largest segment, with $10,584 million in revenue in 2014, representing 54 percent of total revenue. Note that Services segment revenue excludes ITO revenue due to ITO being reported as a discontinued operation as a result of the pending sale of this business to Atos. The Document Technology segment contributed $8,358 million in revenue, representing 43 percent of total revenue. The Other segment contributed $598 million in revenue, representing 3 percent of total revenue.

Services Segment
We provide comprehensive business services in global markets across all major industries and government agencies. These services help our clients simplify the way work gets done, providing them more time and resources to allocate to their core operations, enabling them to respond rapidly to changing technologies and reducing expenses associated with their business processes.

Our Services segment currently comprises two types of service offerings: Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) and Document Outsourcing (DO). This segment no longer includes Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO) as a result of the previously referenced announcement about our agreement to sell our ITO business to Atos and the reclassification of the business to Discontinued Operations in 2014.

Selling the ITO business gives us the opportunity to bring greater focus to our BPO and DO businesses where we are competitively positioned and can truly differentiate through our domain knowledge, industry expertise and innovation. Following the close of the transaction, we will have an ongoing relationship with Atos to provide IT services to our current BPO customers.

Business Process Outsourcing
BPO represented 68 percent of our total Services segment revenue in 2014. We are the largest diversified business process outsourcing company worldwide, with expertise in managing transaction-intensive processes. We provide multi-industry offerings such as customer care, transaction processing, finance and accounting, and human resources, as well as industry focused offerings in areas such as healthcare, transportation, financial services, retail and telecommunications. We bring our BPO solutions to market through Industry Business Groups and we deliver our solutions to our customers through Global Capability Organizations.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 5


Industry Business Groups
To enable deep client engagement and to optimize cross-selling of our broad portfolio of services solutions, we have organized our go-to-market resources into six global industry business groups. The industry groups have primary responsibility for client relationships and sales, developing industry thought leadership and industry specific solutions, and ensuring service delivery meets client requirements. The industry business groups are as follows:

•
Commercial Healthcare: We have innovative solutions and subject matter expertise across the healthcare ecosystem including providers, payers, employers and government agencies. We help these customers focus on delivering better, more accessible and more affordable healthcare, which leads to better health and wellness for their constituencies. In the commercial segment of the market, we primarily serve the following constituencies:

Healthcare Payer and Pharma: We deliver administrative efficiencies to our healthcare payer and pharmaceutical clients through scalable and flexible transactional business solutions, which encompass our global delivery model and domestic payer service centers. We support the top 20 U.S. commercial health plans, touching nearly two-thirds of the insured population in the U.S.

Healthcare Provider Solutions: We serve hospitals, doctors and other care providers, including every large health system in the U.S., with contracts in all 50 states. Our services help our clients improve access to patient data, achieve tighter regulatory compliance, realize greater operational efficiencies, reduce administrative costs and provide better health outcomes.

•
Commercial Industries - High Tech and Communications, Financial Services, and Industrial, Retail and Hospitality: We have deep expertise, targeted business process solutions, and a large, diverse client base in a broad range of commercial industries including communications and media, high tech and software, banking and capital markets, insurance, manufacturing, automotive, travel and leisure, food and beverage, transportation and logistics and others.

•
Public Sector: We provide services to many constituencies across the public sector space. This includes services uniquely focused on Transportation related entities as well as our broad portfolio of BPO solutions to all governmental entities.

Transportation Services: We provide revenue-generating solutions for our government clients in over 35 countries. Our services include public transit and fare collection, electronic toll collection, parking management, photo enforcement and commercial vehicle operations. We create simple and reliable processes for operators and government agencies, and we are differentiated by the breadth of our offerings and innovative technology.

State, Local and Federal Government Services: We support our government clients with services targeting key agencies within federal, state, county and municipal governments including Health and Human Services, Veterans Administration, Treasury, Safety and Justice, and Government Administration. Our competitive advantage is our depth of agency-specific expertise and we have the scale required to deliver and manage programs at all levels of government. Our services span benefits collection and disbursement and electronic payment cards, tax and revenue systems, eligibility systems and services, unclaimed property services, and a broad range of other business process services.

•
Government Healthcare: We provide administrative and care management solutions to state Medicaid programs and federally-funded U.S. government healthcare programs. We provide a broad range of innovative solutions to 36 states and the District of Columbia, which includes providing Health Insurance Exchange support services. Our services include processing Medicaid claims, pharmacy benefits management, clinical program management, supporting health information exchanges, eligibility application processing and determination, management of long-term care programs, delivering public and private health insurance exchange services and care and quality management.

Global Capability Organizations
To leverage our global scale and ensure service delivery excellence across our BPO offerings, we have organized our delivery resources into six global capability groups. The capability organizations have primary responsibility for implementing new client contracts and delivering service excellence to existing clients, best practice identification to

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 6


improve cost competitiveness and innovating and implementing our next generation offerings. The global capability groups are as follows:

•
Customer Care: Our teams across the globe provide expertise in customer service, technical support, sales, collections and other services via multiple channels including phone, SMS, chat, interactive voice response, social networks and email.

•
Transaction Processing: We have a broad array of transaction processing capabilities across many different client types. These broad capabilities include data entry, scanning, image processing, enrollment processing, claims processing, high volume offsite print and mail services, file indexing and others.

•
Human Resources Services: Our capabilities cover a wide range of HR outsourcing services including health, pension and retirement administration and outsourcing, private healthcare exchanges, employee service centers, learning solutions and welfare services, global mobility and relocation, payroll and others.

•
Finance and Accounting: We serve clients in many industries by managing their critical finance, accounting and procurement processes. Our services span corporate finance and decision support, prepaid cards, payment processing, loan and banking process support, and student loan servicing.

•
Communication and Marketing Services: We provide end-to-end outsourcing for content design, creation, marketing, fulfillment and distribution services that help clients communicate with their customers and employees more effectively. We deliver communications through print and multimedia channels, including SMS, web, email and mobile media.

•
Consulting and Analytics Services: Our consulting services help clients identify and capture strategic opportunities in their businesses often in conjunction with the deployment of BPO services such as those defined above. Our analytics capabilities provide clients with deep business insights on an ongoing basis, as an add-on or embedded service offering in conjunction with BPO contracts.

Document Outsourcing
We are the industry leader in document outsourcing services. We help companies optimize their printing infrastructure and simplify their communication and business processes so that they can grow revenue, reduce costs and operate more efficiently. Document Outsourcing represented 32 percent of our total Services segment revenue in 2014.

Our two primary offerings within Document Outsourcing are Managed Print Services (MPS) and Centralized Print Services (CPS). The MPS offering targets clients ranging from large, global enterprises to mid-size and small businesses and governmental entities, while the CPS offering targets the on-demand, production printing, publishing and mailroom operations needs of governments, large enterprises and mid-size businesses.

We provide the most comprehensive portfolio of MPS services in the industry and are recognized as an industry leader by several major analyst firms, including Gartner, IDC, Quocirca, Info Trends and Forrester. As the market leader in MPS, Xerox helps clients cut costs, increase productivity and meet their environmental sustainability goals while supporting their mobile and security needs. Xerox® MPS complements and provides opportunities to expand existing BPO services. Within BPO and other accounts, Xerox® MPS helps to automate workflow and enhance employee productivity.

In 2013 we launched our next generation MPS and CPS offerings, which were built upon a three stage approach:

Assess and Optimize: We use best-in-class tools and processes to create a baseline of a client's current spend, then we design a solution that reduces costs and supports sustainability goals. We assess both the office and production environments to create a holistic view of the client's printing needs.

Secure and Integrate: We ensure that everything in our clients’ optimized print environment is connected to their IT environment in a secure and compliant way. We activate solutions for enhanced security, printing from mobile devices and streamlining the IT environment by managing print servers and print queues.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 7


Automate and Simplify: With the right technology in place and securely integrated into our clients' IT environment, we improve employee productivity through automating paper-based processes by digitizing paper documents and leveraging content management, thus creating better workflows and reducing print.

In 2014 we continued to innovate and expand upon the solutions within the three stage approach to increase mobility, security, efficiency and productivity. Significant new enhancements launched in 2014 include the following:
•
Xerox Document Analytics Service: Analyzes how and why documents are printed and uses that intelligence to digitize content and change the way information is accessed and utilized.
•
Xerox Secure Print Manager Suite: Effectively integrates print information security into existing IT infrastructure.
•
Xerox Workflow Assessment Services: Demonstrates how documents move within an organization and provides insights to create more efficient processes.
•
Xerox Digital Alternatives: A simple desktop and mobile technology that automates paper-based workflows. Allows users to easily sign, annotate, share, save and read documents from one interface thus increasing productivity across the enterprise.
•
Xerox ePublishing Services: Provides a digital file output suitable for multiple types of mobile devices and computer displays. Includes built-in analytics tools to measure and collect valuable usage data.
•
Xerox Print Awareness Tool: Patented system that actively encourages workers to be more environmentally responsible.

Information Technology Outsourcing
We provide ITO services across all industries and have developed deep expertise in several key verticals including Healthcare, Retail, Manufacturing, Financial Services and Public Sector. Our ITO services include managed IT services, end user computing and IT solutions like cloud services, utility computing and desktop virtualization.

We specialize in designing, developing and delivering effective IT solutions. Our secure data centers, help desks and managed storage facilities around the world provide a reliable IT infrastructure that minimizes the risk of disruption to our clients' daily operations.

As a result of the pending sale of the ITO business to Atos and having met applicable accounting requirements, this business is being reported as a discontinued operation for financial reporting purposes. Subsequent to the closing of the ITO sale to Atos, Xerox will no longer directly market stand-alone IT services.

Document Technology Segment
Document Technology includes the sale of products and supplies, as well as the associated technical service and financing of those products (which are not related to document outsourcing contracts). Our Document Technology business is centered around strategic product groups that share common technology, manufacturing and product platforms. The strategic product groups are: Entry, Mid-Range and High-End.

In 2013 we launched Xerox® ConnectKey® technology, a software system and set of solutions embedded in many of our Entry and Mid-Range multifunction printers (MFP's). To further enhance the platform, in September 2014 we launched ConnectKey version 1.5, which provides even more mobility, security and cloud access, to support the growing productivity needs for today’s SMB and professional users. Additionally, we enabled ConnectKey 1.5 into four new multifunction printers (MFPs) - including the WorkCentre 3655 Mono and WorkCentre 6655 Color A4/letter MFPs, and the WorkCentre 5945 Mono and WorkCentre 7970 Color A3 MFPs.

Entry
Entry comprises desktop monochrome and color printers and multifunction printers ranging from small personal devices to workgroup printers and MFPs that serve the needs of office workgroups. Entry products represented 20 percent of our total Document Technology segment revenue in 2014 and are sold to customers in all segments from SMB to enterprise, principally through a global network of reseller partners and service providers as well as through our direct sales force.

In 2014, we continued to build on our position in the market:
•
Expanded our ConnectKey 1.5 technology into more A4 MFP devices to respond to customer needs for smaller, lower cost devices that maintain network access and solution compatibility.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 8


•
Upgraded the functionality of many of our existing products to be more efficient and cost effective to deploy in conjunction with our managed services offerings.

•
Launched twelve new products, primarily in the second half of the year, that help our customers optimize their print infrastructure. In color, we launched the 36 page per minute (ppm) WorkCentre® 6655 A4 MFP which expanded our ConnectKey technology into this important product class. In monochrome, we launched several MFPs ranging from the compact WorkCentre® 3215, 3225 and 3025 A4 MFPs to the WorkCentre® 4265 A4 MFP, which is a 55 ppm desktop capable MFP with available finishing and high capacity input tray options optimized for demanding workgroups where space is a premium. We also launched several Phaser® Monochrome printers, which offer increased productivity for work teams with new and enhanced features including wireless connectivity, automatic two-sided printing, mobile printing, and higher output speeds and paper input capacity.

Mid-Range
Mid-Range comprises products for enterprises of all sizes. These products are sold through dedicated Xerox branded partners, our direct sales force, indirect multi-branded channel partners and resellers worldwide. Our Mid-Range products represented 57 percent of our total Document Technology segment revenue in 2014. We are a leader in this product segment and offer a wide range of multifunction printers, copiers, digital printing presses and light production devices, and solutions that deliver flexibility and advanced features.

In 2014 we continued to innovate and expand upon the ConnectKey® platform that was initially launched in 2013. We increased the number of ConnectKey® enabled devices and continued expanding the security, workflow and software application capabilities to enable superior print quality, mobility and security solutions, and cost control. For example, we introduced Xerox Secure Access Version 5.0, a print management solution, which is a modular, software-only solution allowing customers to use authentication features at a lower cost. We also added new features to our Xerox Mobile Print Solution 3.0 that offer greater convenience, increased security and greater flexibility in print job submission. Additionally, we launched Xerox App Studio 2.0, enabling new ConnectKey apps to provide scanning to and printing from cloud repositories such as Microsoft Office 365, Dropbox and DocuShare. Customers can also use an app to print from their own URL - whether contained in a firewall or the cloud - creating a convenient, easy-to-use 'print-on-demand' environment.

Overall, we launched seven new devices in the second half of 2014 which included the 70 ppm WorkCentre® 7970 Color A3 MFP and the 55 ppm WorkCentre 5945/5955 Monochrome A3 MFP. We also launched the 70 ppm Xerox® Color C60/C70 Printer light production devices, which include updated EFI and FreeFlow print controllers that enhance productivity, reduce time intensive tasks and deliver high impact and vibrant images.

High-End
Our High-End digital color and monochrome solutions are designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and large enterprises with high-volume printing requirements. Our High-End products comprised 23 percent of our total Document Technology segment revenue in 2014. Our High-End solutions enable full-color, on-demand printing of a wide range of applications, including variable data for personalized content and 1:1 marketing.

During 2014, a significant initiative in the High-End segment was the continued development and growth of our portfolio of workflow software offerings. Workflow automation is essential to our customers’ success, and our workflow platforms are an outstanding complement to our world-class hardware offerings. We launched updates to all of our major workflow components including FreeFlow® Core, FreeFlow® Digital Publisher, FreeFlow Variable Information Suite, IntegratedPLUS Automated Finishing and IntegratedPLUS Automated Color Management.

Within the High-End hardware portfolio, in 2014 we continued the integration and growth of our production inkjet business, led by the Impika inkjet platforms as well as the Xerox® CiPress Production Inkjet Systems. The newest Impika offering is the Impika® eVolution, which joins the Impika® Compact and Impika® Reference
in the Impika portfolio. These presses utilize proprietary, aqueous inkjet technology, and print at speeds as fast as 832 feet (254 meters) per minute, producing a wide range of commercial and industrial print applications. The CiPress platform is based on Xerox solid ink technology, and provides unique value as the industry’s only waterless production inkjet printing system.

While production inkjet is an important and growing segment, we currently remain the worldwide leader in the cut-sheet production color and monochrome industry segments. In 2014, our most significant new product was the

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 9


Xerox® Versant™ 2100 Press. The 2100 enables full color printing at speeds up to 100 pages per minute, with outstanding Ultra HD Resolution print quality. The press also incorporates a wide range of automated tools, including the Production Accurate Registration and the Xerox® Automated Color Quality Suite. These unique features allow our customers to achieve increased performance, higher quality and better results.

Along with the new Versant 2100 Press, in 2014 we delivered a number of feature enhancements across our entire cut sheet line which includes the Xerox iGen™, Xerox Color Presses, Xerox Nuvera™, DocuTech™ and DocuPrint™ series, and Xerox® Wide Format IJP 2000.

Other Segment
The Other segment includes paper sales in our developing market countries, wide-format systems, licensing revenue, Global Imaging Systems network integration solutions and non-allocated corporate items, including Other expenses, net. Paper comprised approximately one-third of the revenues in the Other segment in 2014, which is roughly the same as in 2013.

Geographic Information
Our global presence is one of our core strengths. Overall, 33 percent of our revenue is generated by customers outside the U.S. We have a significant opportunity to leverage our global presence and customer relationships to expand our Services business in Europe and developing markets.

In 2014, our revenues by geography were as follows: U.S. - $13,041 million (67 percent of total revenue), Europe - $4,428 million (23 percent of total revenue), and Other areas - $2,071 million (10 percent of total revenue). Revenues by geography are based on the location of the unit reporting the revenue and include export sales.

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses
Xerox and its subsidiaries were awarded 1,114 U.S. utility patents in 2014. On that basis, we rank 30th on the list of companies that were awarded the most U.S. patents during the year. Including our research partner Fuji Xerox, we were awarded about 1,950 U.S. utility patents in 2014. Our patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents expire. As of December 31, 2014, we held almost 12,600 U.S. design and utility patents. These patents expire at various dates up to 20 years or more from their original filing dates. While we believe that our portfolio of patents and applications has value, in general no single patent is essential to our business or any individual segment. In addition, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or may not provide significant competitive advantages.
 
In the U.S., we are party to numerous patent-licensing agreements and, in a majority of them, we license or assign our patents to others in return for revenue and/or access to their patents. Most patent licenses expire concurrently with the expiration of the last patent identified in the license. In 2014 we added 11 new agreements to our portfolio of patent-licensing and sale agreements, and Xerox and its subsidiaries were licensor or seller in 7 of the agreements. We are also a party to a number of cross-licensing agreements with companies that hold substantial patent portfolios, including Canon, Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Oce, Sharp, Samsung, Seiko Epson, Toshiba TEC and R.R. Donnelley. These agreements vary in subject matter, scope, compensation, significance and time.

In the U.S., we own more than 450 U.S. trademarks, either registered or applied for. These trademarks have a perpetual life, subject to renewal every 10 years. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks.

Marketing and Distribution
We operate in over 180 countries, providing the industry's broadest portfolio of document technology, services and software, and the most diverse array of business processes outsourcing solutions, through a variety of distribution channels around the world. We manage our business based on the principal segments described earlier. We have organized the marketing, selling and distribution of our products and services by geography, channel type and line of business.

We go to market with a services-led approach and sell our products and services directly to customers through our world-wide sales force and through a network of independent agents, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and the Web. In addition, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Global Imaging Systems (GIS), an office technology dealer which is comprised of regional core companies in the U.S., sells document management and network integration systems and services. We continued to expand our distribution to small and mid-size businesses in 2014 through GIS's acquisition of two companies.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 10


Our brand is a valuable resource and continues to be ranked in the top percentile of the most valuable global brands. In Europe, Africa, the Middle East and parts of Asia, we distribute our products through Xerox Limited, a company established under the laws of England, as well as through related non-U.S. companies. Xerox Limited enters into distribution agreements with unaffiliated third parties to distribute our products in many of the countries located in these regions, and previously entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties who distribute our products in Sudan. Sudan, among others, has been designated as a state sponsor of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State and is subject to U.S. economic sanctions. We maintain an export and sanctions compliance program, and believe that we have been and are in compliance with U.S. laws and government regulations for Sudan. We have no assets, liabilities or operations in Sudan other than liabilities under the distribution agreements. After observing required prior notice periods, Xerox Limited terminated its distribution agreements with distributors servicing Sudan in August 2006. Now, Xerox has only legacy obligations to third parties, such as providing spare parts and supplies to these third parties. In 2014, total Xerox revenues of $19.5 billion included less than $10 thousand attributable to Sudan.

Competition
Although we encounter competition in all areas of our business, we are the leader -- or among the leaders -- in each of our principal business segments. We compete on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support.

In the Services business, our larger competitors include Accenture, Aon, Computer Sciences Corporation, Convergys, Genpact, Hewlett-Packard, IBM and Teletech. In addition, we compete with in-house departments that perform the functions that could be outsourced to us.

In the Document Technology business, our larger competitors include Canon, Hewlett-Packard, Konica Minolta, Lexmark and Ricoh.

Our brand recognition, positive reputation for business process and document management expertise, innovative technology and service delivery excellence are our competitive advantages. These advantages, combined with our breadth of product offerings, global distribution channels and customer relationships, position us as a strong competitor going forward.

Global Employment
Globally, we have approximately 147,500 direct employees, including approximately 5,300 sales professionals, approximately 10,200 technical service employees and approximately 102,300 employees serving our customers through on-site operations or off-site delivery centers. Approximately 9,800 of these employees are associated with the ITO business and are expected to transition to Atos upon closure of the sale of the ITO business.

Customer Financing
We finance a large portion of our direct channel customer purchases of Xerox equipment through bundled lease agreements. Financing facilitates customer acquisition of Xerox technology and enhances our value proposition, while providing Xerox an attractive gross margin and a reasonable return on our investment in this business. Additionally, because we primarily finance our own products and have a long history of providing financing to our customers, we are able to minimize much of the risk normally associated with a finance business.

Because our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these lease contracts. We fund our customer financing activity through a combination of cash generated from operations, cash on hand, proceeds from capital market offerings and on occasion the sale of selected finance receivables. There were no finance receivable sales in 2014. At December 31, 2014, we had $4.3 billion of finance receivables and $0.5 billion of equipment on operating leases, or Total Finance assets of $4.8 billion. We maintain an assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our Finance assets, which results in the majority of our $7.7 billion of debt being allocated to our financing business.

Refer to "Customer Financing Activities" in the Capital Resources and Liquidity section of Management's Discussion and Analysis included in Item 7 of this 2014 Form 10-K, which is incorporated here by reference, for additional information.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 11


Manufacturing and Supply
Our manufacturing and distribution facilities are located around the world. The Company's largest manufacturing site is in Webster, N.Y., where we produce the Xerox® iGen and Nuvera systems, components, EA Toner, consumables, fusers, photoreceptors, and other products. Our other primary manufacturing operations are located in: Dundalk, Ireland, for our High-End production products and consumables; Wilsonville, OR, for solid ink consumable supplies and components for our mid-range and entry products; and Aubagne, France, for Impika aqueous-ink production ink-jet systems. We also have a facility in Venray, Netherlands, that provides supplies manufacturing and supply chain management for the Eastern Hemisphere.

Our master supply agreement with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services company, to outsource portions of manufacturing for our mid-range and entry businesses, continues through December 2015 (exclusive of extension rights). We also acquire products from various third parties in order to increase the breadth of our product portfolio and meet channel requirements.

We have arrangements with Fuji Xerox under which we purchase and sell products, some of which are the result of mutual research and development agreements. Refer to Note 9 - Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated here by reference, for additional information regarding our relationship with Fuji Xerox.

Services Global Production Model
Our global services production model is one of our key competitive advantages. We have approximately 130 Strategic Delivery Centers located around the world, including India, Philippines, Jamaica, Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia, Brazil, Chile, Argentina, Ireland, Spain, Poland and Romania. These locations are comprised of Customer Care Centers, Mega IT Data Centers, Finance and Accounting Centers, Resource Centers and Document Process Centers. Our global production model is enabled by the use of proprietary technology, which allows us to securely distribute client transactions within data privacy limits across a global workforce. This global production model allows us to make the most of lower-cost production locations, consistent methodology and processes, and time zone advantages. Approximately 15 of these centers are associated with the ITO business and are expected to be transferred to Atos upon closure of the sale of the ITO business.

Fuji Xerox
Fuji Xerox is an unconsolidated entity in which we own a 25 percent interest, and FUJIFILM Holdings Corporation (FujiFilm) owns a 75 percent interest. Fuji Xerox develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong, other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. We retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. Our technology licensing agreements with Fuji Xerox ensure that the two companies retain uninterrupted access to each other's portfolio of patents, technology and products.

International Operations
The financial measures by geographical area for 2014, 2013 and 2012 that are included in Note 2 - Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements, are incorporated here by reference. See also the risk factor entitled “Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by economic conditions abroad, including local economies, political environments, fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes” in Part I, Item 1A included herein.

Backlog
Backlog, or the value of unfilled orders, is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects because of the significant proportion of our revenue that follows contract signing and/or equipment installation, the large volume of products we deliver from shelf inventories and the shortening of product life cycles.

Seasonality
Our revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases and services unit volumes. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenues, operating profits and operating cash flows in the first quarter and the third quarter.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 12



Other Information
Xerox is a New York corporation, organized in 1906, and our principal executive offices are located at 45 Glover Avenue, P.O. Box 4505, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505. Our telephone number is (203) 968-3000.

In the Investor Information section of our Internet website, you will find our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports. We make these documents available as soon as we can after we have filed them with, or furnished them to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Our Internet address is www.xerox.com.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by conditions abroad, including local economics, political environments, fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes.
A significant portion of our revenue is generated from operations outside the United States. In addition, we maintain significant operations and acquire or manufacture many of our products and/or their components outside the United States. Our future revenues, costs and results of operations could be significantly affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates - particularly the Japanese Yen to U.S. Dollar and Japanese Yen to Euro exchange rates, as well as by a number of other factors, including changes in economic conditions from country to country, changes in a country's political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements, local tax issues, capitalization and other related legal matters. We generally hedge foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions primarily through the use of currency derivative contracts. The use of derivative contracts is intended to mitigate or reduce transactional level volatility in the results of foreign operations, but does not completely eliminate volatility. We do not hedge the translation effect of international revenues and expenses, which are denominated in currencies other than our U.S. parent functional currency, within our consolidated financial statements. If our future revenues, costs and results of operations are significantly affected by economic conditions abroad and we are unable to effectively hedge these risks, they could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to successfully develop new products, technologies and service offerings and protect our intellectual property rights, we may be unable to retain current customers and gain new customers and our revenues would decline.
The process of developing new high technology products and solutions is inherently complex and uncertain. It requires accurate anticipation of customers' changing needs and emerging technological trends. We must make long-term investments and commit significant resources before knowing whether these investments will eventually result in products that achieve customer acceptance and generate the revenues required to provide desired returns. In developing these new technologies and products, we rely upon patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish and maintain our intellectual property rights in technology and products used in our operations. However, the laws of certain countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology adequately against unauthorized third-party copying or use, which could adversely affect our competitive position. In addition, some of our products rely on technologies developed by third parties. We may not be able to obtain or to continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms, or such third parties may demand cross-licenses to our intellectual property. It is also possible that our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, allowing others to use our intellectual property to our competitive detriment. We also must ensure that all of our products comply with existing and newly enacted regulatory requirements in the countries in which they are sold, particularly European Union environmental directives. If we fail to accurately anticipate and meet our customers' needs through the development of new products, technologies and service offerings or if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or if our new products are not widely accepted or if our current or future products fail to meet applicable worldwide regulatory requirements, we could lose market share and customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 13


Our government contracts are subject to termination rights, audits and investigations, which, if exercised, could negatively impact our reputation and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts.
A significant portion of our revenues is derived from contracts with U.S. federal, state and local governments and their agencies, as well as international governments and their agencies. Government entities typically finance projects through appropriated funds. While these projects are often planned and executed as multi-year projects, government entities usually reserve the right to change the scope of or terminate these projects for lack of approved funding and/or at their convenience. Changes in government or political developments, including budget deficits, shortfalls or uncertainties, government spending reductions (e.g., Congressional sequestration of funds under the Budget Control Act of 2011) or other debt or funding constraints, such as those recently experienced in the United States and Europe, could result in lower governmental sales and in our projects being reduced in price or scope or terminated altogether, which also could limit our recovery of incurred costs, reimbursable expenses and profits on work completed prior to the termination. Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations by government agencies. If the government finds that we inappropriately charged any costs to a contract, the costs are not reimbursable or, if already reimbursed, the cost must be refunded to the government. If the government discovers improper or illegal activities or contractual non-compliance in the course of audits or investigations, we may be subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with the government. Any resulting penalties or sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, the negative publicity that arises from findings in such audits, investigations or the penalties or sanctions therefore could have an adverse effect on our reputation in the industry and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts and may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
We derive significant revenue and profit from commercial and federal government contracts awarded through competitive bidding processes, including renewals, which can impose substantial costs on us, and we will not achieve revenue and profit objectives if we fail to accurately and effectively bid on such projects.
Many of these contracts are extremely complex and require the investment of significant resources in order to prepare accurate bids and proposals. Competitive bidding imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks, including: (i) the substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may or may not be awarded to us; (ii) the need to estimate accurately the resources and costs that will be required to implement and service any contracts we are awarded, sometimes in advance of the final determination of their full scope and design; (iii) the expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest or challenge awards made to us pursuant to competitive bidding, and the risk that such protests or challenges could result in the requirement to resubmit bids, and in the termination, reduction, or modification of the awarded contracts; and (iv) the opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we might otherwise pursue. Adverse events or developments in any of these bidding risks and uncertainties could materially and negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
For our services contracts, we rely to a significant extent on third-party providers, such as subcontractors, a relatively small number of primary software vendors, utility providers and network providers; if they cannot deliver or perform as expected or if our relationships with them are terminated or otherwise change, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Our ability to service our customers and clients and deliver and implement solutions depends to a large extent on third-party providers such as subcontractors, a relatively small number of primary software vendors and utility providers and network providers meeting their obligations to us and our expectations in a timely, quality manner. Our business, revenues, profitability and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected and we might incur significant additional liabilities if these third-party providers do not meet these obligations or our or our clients' expectations or if they terminate or refuse to renew their relationships with us or were to offer their products to us with less advantageous prices and other terms than we previously had. In addition, a number of our facilities are located in jurisdictions outside of the United States where the provision of utility services, including electricity and water, may not be consistently reliable and, while there are backup systems in many of our operating facilities, an extended outage of utility or network services could have a material adverse effect on our operations, revenues, cash flow and profitability.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 14


We face significant competition and our failure to compete successfully could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We operate in an environment of significant competition, driven by rapid technological developments, changes in industry standards, and demands of customers to become more efficient. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. Some of the large international companies have significant financial resources and compete with us globally to provide document processing products and services and/or business process services in each of the markets we serve. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. Our success in future performance is largely dependent upon our ability to compete successfully in the markets we currently serve, to promptly and effectively react to changing technologies and customer expectations and to expand into additional market segments. To remain competitive, we must develop services, applications and new products; periodically enhance our existing offerings; and attract and retain key personnel and management. If we are unable to compete successfully, we could lose market share and important customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our profitability is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services and to improve our cost structure.
Our success depends on our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our services and products and that will provide a reasonable return to our shareholders. Depending on competitive market factors, future prices we obtain for our services and products may decline from previous levels. In addition, pricing actions to offset the effect of currency devaluations may not prove sufficient to offset further devaluations or may not hold in the face of customer resistance and/or competition. If we are unable to obtain adequate pricing for our services and products, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our services contracts are increasingly requiring tighter timelines for implementation as well as more stringent service level metrics. This makes the bidding process for new contracts much more difficult and requires us to adequately consider these requirements in the pricing of our services.
We continually review our operations with a view towards reducing our cost structure, including reducing our employee base, exiting certain businesses, improving process and system efficiencies and outsourcing some internal functions. We from time to time engage in restructuring actions to reduce our cost structure. If we are unable to continue to maintain our cost base at or below the current level and maintain process and systems changes resulting from prior restructuring actions, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, in order to continually meet the service requirements of our customers, which often includes 24/7 service, and to optimize our employee cost base, we often locate our delivery service centers in lower-cost locations, including several developing countries. Concentrating our delivery service centers in these locations presents a number of operational risks, many of which are beyond our control, including the risks of political instability, natural disasters, safety and security risks, labor disruptions and rising labor rates. These risks could impair our ability to effectively provide services to our customers and keep our costs aligned to our associated revenues and market requirements. 
Our ability to sustain and improve profit margins is dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to continue to improve the cost efficiency of our operations through such programs as Lean Six Sigma, the level of pricing pressures on our services and products, the proportion of high-end as opposed to low-end equipment sales (product mix), the trend in our post-sale revenue growth and our ability to successfully complete information technology initiatives. If any of these factors adversely materialize or if we are unable to achieve and maintain productivity improvements through design efficiency, supplier and manufacturing cost improvements and information technology initiatives, our ability to offset labor cost inflation, potential materials cost increases and competitive price pressures would be impaired, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 15


We are subject to laws of the United States and foreign jurisdictions relating to individually identifiable information, and failure to comply with those laws, whether or not inadvertent, could subject us to legal actions and negatively impact our operations.
We receive, process, transmit and store information relating to identifiable individuals, both in our role as a service and technology provider and as an employer. As a result, we are subject to numerous United States (both federal and state) and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect individually identifiable information, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and the HIPAA regulations governing, among other things, the privacy, security and electronic transmission of individually identifiable health information, and the European Union Directive on Data Protection (Directive 95/46/EC). Other United States (both federal and state) and foreign jurisdiction laws apply to our processing of individually identifiable information and these laws have been subject to frequent changes, and new legislation in this area may be enacted at any time. Changes to existing laws, introduction of new laws in this area, or failure to comply with existing laws that are applicable to us may subject us to, among other things, additional costs or changes to our business practices, liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to obtain and process information and allegations by our customers and clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our profitability and cash flow.
We are subject to breaches of our security systems and service interruptions which could expose us to liability, impair our reputation or temporarily render us unable to fulfill our service obligations under our contracts.
We have implemented security systems with the intent of maintaining the physical security of our facilities and protecting our customers', clients' and suppliers' confidential information and information related to identifiable individuals against unauthorized access through our information systems or by other electronic transmission or through the misdirection, theft or loss of physical media. These include, for example, the appropriate encryption of information. Despite such efforts, we are subject to breach of security systems which may result in unauthorized access to our facilities and/or the information we are trying to protect. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access are constantly changing and becoming increasingly more sophisticated and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement sufficient preventative measures. If unauthorized parties gain physical access to one of our facilities or electronic access to our information systems or such information is misdirected, lost or stolen during transmission or transport, any theft or misuse of such information could result in, among other things, unfavorable publicity, governmental inquiry and oversight, difficulty in marketing our services, allegations by our customers and clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations, litigation by affected parties and possible financial obligations for damages related to the theft or misuse of such information, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and cash flow. We also maintain various systems and data centers for our customers. Often these systems and data centers must be maintained worldwide and on a 24/7 basis. Although we endeavor to ensure that there is adequate back-up and maintenance of these systems and centers, we could experience service interruptions that could result in curtailed operations and loss of customers, which would reduce our revenue and profits in addition to impairing our reputation.
Our ability to recover capital investments in connection with our contracts is subject to risk.
In order to attract and retain large outsourcing contracts, we sometimes make significant capital investments to enable us to perform our services under the contracts, such as purchases of information technology equipment and costs incurred to develop and implement software. The net book value of such assets recorded, including a portion of our intangible assets, could be impaired, and our earnings and cash flow could be materially adversely affected in the event of the early termination of all or a part of such a contract or a reduction in volumes and services thereunder for reasons such as a customer's or client's merger or acquisition, divestiture of assets or businesses, business failure or deterioration, or a customer's or client's exercise of contract termination rights.
Our services business could be adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in managing the start-up of new contracts.
In order for our services business to continue its growth, we must successfully manage the start-up of services related to new contracts. If a client is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or a subcontractor, or with the type of services or solutions delivered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the profitability of that work might be impaired and the client's dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to obtain additional work from that client or obtain new work from other potential clients. In particular, clients who are not satisfied might seek to terminate existing contracts prior to their scheduled expiration date, which may result in

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 16


our inability to fully recover our up-front investments. In addition, clients could direct future business to our competitors. We could also trigger contractual credits to clients or a contractual default. Failure to properly transition new clients to our systems, properly budget transition costs or accurately estimate new contract operational costs could result in delays in our contract performance, trigger service level penalties, impair fixed or intangible assets or result in contract profit margins that do not meet our expectations or our historical profit margins.
In addition, we incur significant expenditures for the development and construction of system software platforms needed to support our clients' needs. Our failure to fully understand client requirements or implement the appropriate operating systems or databases or solutions which enable the use of other supporting software may delay the project and result in cost overruns or potential impairment of the related software platforms.
If we are unable to collect our receivables for unbilled services, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.
The profitability of certain of our large services contracts depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. Actual losses on client balances could differ from current estimates and, as a result, may require adjustment of our receivables for unbilled services. Our receivables include long-term contracts and over the course of a long-term contract, our customers' financial condition may change such that their ability to pay their obligations, and our ability to collect our fees for services rendered, is adversely affected. Additionally, we may perform work for the federal, state and local governments, with respect to which we must file requests for equitable adjustment or claims with the proper agency to seek recovery in whole or in part, for out-of-scope work directed or caused by the government customer in support of its project, and the amounts of such recoveries may not meet our expectations or cover our costs. Macroeconomic conditions could result in financial difficulties, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy, for our clients and, as a result, could cause clients to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. Timely collection of client balances also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments (for example, achieve specified milestones in percentage-of-completion contracts) and bill and collect our contracted revenues. If we are unable to meet our contractual requirements, we might experience delays in collection of and/or be unable to collect our client balances, and if this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected.
We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations and increasingly are relying on third-party manufacturers, subcontractors and external suppliers.
We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations to third parties and various service providers. To the extent that we rely on third-party manufacturing relationships, we face the risk that those manufacturers may not be able to develop manufacturing methods appropriate for our products, they may not be able to quickly respond to changes in customer demand for our products, they may not be able to obtain supplies and materials necessary for the manufacturing process, they may experience labor shortages and/or disruptions, manufacturing costs could be higher than planned and the reliability of our products could decline. If any of these risks were to be realized, and assuming similar third-party manufacturing relationships could not be established, we could experience interruptions in supply or increases in costs that might result in our being unable to meet customer demand for our products, damage our relationships with our customers and reduce our market share, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, in our services business we may partner with other parties, including software and hardware vendors, to provide the complex solutions required by our customers. Therefore, our ability to deliver the solutions and provide the services required by our customers is dependent on our and our partners' ability to meet our customers' requirements and schedules. If we or our partners fail to deliver services or products as required and on time, our ability to complete the contract may be adversely affected, which may have an adverse impact on our revenue and profits.
We need to successfully manage changes in the printing environment and market because our operating results may be negatively impacted by lower equipment placements and usage trends.

The printing market and environment is changing significantly as a result of new technologies, shifts in customer preferences in office printing and the expansion of new printing markets. Examples include mobile printing, color printing, continuous feed inkjet printing and the expansion of the market for entry products (A4 printers) and high-end products (B1/B2 printers). A significant part of our strategy and ultimate success in this changing market is our ability to develop and market technology that produces products and services that meet these changes. Our future

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 17


success in executing on this strategy depends on our ability to make the investments and commit the necessary resources in this highly competitive market. If we are unable to develop and market advanced and competitive technologies, it may negatively impact expansion of our worldwide equipment placements, as well as sales of services and supplies occurring after the initial equipment placement (post sale revenue) in the key growth markets of digital printing, color and multifunction systems. We expect that revenue growth can be further enhanced through our document management and consulting services in the areas of personalized and product life cycle communications, enterprise managed print services and document content and imaging. The ability to achieve growth in our equipment placements is subject to the successful implementation of our initiatives to provide advanced systems, industry-oriented global solutions and services for major customers, improve direct and indirect sales productivity and expand and successfully manage our indirect distribution channels in the face of global competition and pricing pressures. Our ability to increase post sale revenue is largely dependent on our ability to increase the volume of pages printed, the mix and price of color pages, equipment utilization and color adoption, as well as our ability to retain a high level of supplies sales in unbundled contracts. Equipment placements typically occur through leases with original terms of three to five years. There will be a lag between the increase in equipment placements and an increase in post sale revenues. In addition, with respect to our indirect distribution channels, many of our partners may sell competing products, further increasing the need to successfully manage our relationships with our partners to ensure they meet our specific sale and distribution requirements for equipment placements and post sale revenues. If we are unable to maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to fund our customer financing activities at economically competitive levels depends on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit markets.
The long-term viability and profitability of our customer financing activities is dependent, in part, on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit markets. This ability and cost, in turn, is dependent on our credit ratings and is subject to credit market volatility. We primarily fund our customer financing activity through a combination of cash generated from operations, cash on hand, capital market offerings, sales and securitizations of finance receivables and commercial paper borrowings. Our ability to continue to offer customer financing and be successful in the placement of equipment with customers is largely dependent on our ability to obtain funding at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to continue to offer customer financing, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to deliver services could be impaired if we are unable to hire or retain qualified personnel in certain areas of our business, which could result in decreased revenues or additional costs.
At times, we have experienced difficulties in hiring personnel with the desired levels of training or experience. In regard to the labor-intensive business of the Company, quality service and adequate internal controls depend on our ability to retain employees and manage personnel turnover. An increase in the employee turnover rate or our inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel could increase recruiting and training costs and potentially decrease revenues or decrease our operating effectiveness and productivity. We may not be able to continue to hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to adequately staff new client projects. Additionally, we need to identify managerial personnel in emerging markets and lower-cost locations where the depth of skilled employees is often limited and competition for these resources is intense. If we are unable to develop and retain these managerial employees with leadership capabilities our ability to successfully manage our business units could be impaired.
Our significant debt could adversely affect our financial health and pose challenges for conducting our business.
We have and will continue to have a significant amount of debt and other obligations, the majority of which support our customer financing activities. Our substantial debt and other obligations could have important consequences. For example, it could (i) increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; (ii) limit our ability to obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements; (iii) increase our vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations because a portion of our debt has variable interest rates; (iv) require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to service debt and other obligations thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows from operations for other purposes; (v) limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate; (vi) place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and (vii) become due and payable upon a change in control. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, these related risks could increase.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 18


We need to maintain adequate liquidity in order to meet our operating cash flow requirements, repay maturing debt and meet other financial obligations, such as payment of dividends to the extent declared by our Board of Directors. If we fail to comply with the covenants contained in our various borrowing agreements, it may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
Our liquidity is a function of our ability to successfully generate cash flows from a combination of efficient operations and continuing operating improvements, access to capital markets and funding from third parties. We believe our liquidity (including operating and other cash flows that we expect to generate) will be sufficient to meet operating requirements as they occur; however, our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity going forward depends on our ability to generate cash from operations and access to the capital markets and funding from third parties, all of which are subject to the general liquidity of and on-going changes in the credit markets as well as general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control.
The Credit Facility contains financial maintenance covenants, including maximum leverage (debt for borrowed money divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined) and a minimum interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined). At December 31, 2014, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the Credit Facility. Failure to comply with material provisions or covenants in the Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by legal and regulatory matters.
We have various contingent liabilities that are not reflected on our balance sheet, including those arising as a result of being involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning: securities law; governmental entity contracting, servicing and procurement laws; intellectual property law; environmental law; employment law; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA); and other laws and regulations, as discussed in the “Contingencies” note in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual or materially increase an existing accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts above any existing accruals, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.
Our operations and our products are subject to environmental regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business and sell our products. Some of our manufacturing operations use, and some of our products contain, substances that are regulated in various jurisdictions. For example, various countries and jurisdictions have adopted or are expected to adopt restrictions on the types and amounts of chemicals that may be present in electronic equipment or other items that we use or sell. If we do not comply with applicable rules and regulations in connection with the use of such substances and the sale of products containing such substances, then we could be subject to liability and could be prohibited from selling our products in their existing forms, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Further, various countries and jurisdictions have adopted or are expected to adopt, programs that make producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, responsible for certain labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of these recovered products. If we are unable to collect, recycle, treat and dispose of our products in a cost-effective manner and in accordance with applicable requirements, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Other potentially relevant initiatives throughout the world include proposals for more extensive chemical registration requirements and/or possible bans on the use of certain chemicals, various efforts to limit energy use in products and other environmentally related programs impacting products and operations, such as those associated with climate change accords, agreements and regulations. For example, the European Union's Energy-Related Products Directive (ERP) has led to the adoption of “implementing measures” or "voluntary agreements" that require certain classes of products to achieve certain design and/or performance standards, in connection with energy use and potentially other environmental parameters and impacts. A number of our products are already required to comply with ERP requirements and further regulations are being developed by the EU authorities. Another example is the European Union “REACH” Regulation (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals), a broad initiative that requires parties throughout the supply chain to register, assess and disclose information regarding many chemicals in their products. Depending on the types, applications, forms and uses of chemical substances in various products, REACH could lead to restrictions and/or bans on certain chemical usage. Xerox continues its efforts toward monitoring and evaluating the applicability of these and numerous other regulatory initiatives in an effort to develop compliance strategies. As these and similar initiatives and programs become regulatory requirements throughout the world and/or are adopted as public or private

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 19


procurement requirements, we must comply or potentially face market access limitations that could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. Similarly, environmentally driven procurement requirements voluntarily adopted by customers in the marketplace (e.g., U.S. EPA EnergyStar) are constantly evolving and becoming more stringent, presenting further market access challenges if our products fail to comply.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We own several manufacturing, engineering and research facilities and lease other facilities. Our principal manufacturing and engineering facilities, located in New York, California, Oklahoma, Oregon, Canada, U.K., Ireland and the Netherlands, are used primarily by the Document Technology segment. Our principal research facilities are located in California, New York, Canada, France and India. The research activities in our principal research centers benefit all of our operating segments. We lease and own several facilities worldwide to support our Services segment with larger concentrations of space in Texas, Kentucky, New Jersey, California, Mexico, Guatemala, Philippines, Jamaica, Romania and India. Our Corporate Headquarters is a leased facility located in Norwalk, Connecticut.
As a result of implementing our restructuring programs (refer to Note 11 - Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated here by reference) as well as various productivity initiatives, several leased and owned properties became surplus. We are obligated to maintain our leased surplus properties through required contractual periods. We have disposed or subleased certain of these properties and are actively pursuing the successful disposition of remaining surplus properties.

In December 2014 we announced an agreement to sell our Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO) business to Atos SE (Atos). The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2015. As part of the announcement, 9,800 Xerox employees, located in 330 facilities in 45 countries, will be transferring to Atos. However, a substantial number of these facilities are customer sites not leased or owned by Xerox. The following is the expected impact of the ITO divestiture on Xerox's worldwide property portfolio. ITO occupies about 1.3 million square feet out of 2.8 million square feet in 61 primarily owned or leased buildings. There are an additional 84 owned or leased buildings in which ITO has 21 or less employees in each building. These properties are part of the due diligence/closing process and appropriate actions will be agreed and taken to transfer some properties to the buyer; the buyer will exit some properties and relocate to their property portfolio; and some properties will be shared.
We also own or lease numerous facilities globally, which house general offices, sales offices, service locations, data centers, call centers and distributions centers. It is our opinion that our properties have been well maintained, are in sound operating condition and contain all the necessary equipment and facilities to perform their functions. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate for our current businesses.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information set forth under Note 18 "Contingencies and Litigation" in the Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated here by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 20


Part II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Stock Exchange Information
Xerox common stock (XRX) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange.
Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends
New York Stock Exchange composite prices * 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High
 
$
12.44

 
$
12.92

 
$
14.05

 
$
14.32

Low
 
10.30

 
11.06

 
12.20

 
12.21

Dividends declared per share
 
0.0625

 
0.0625

 
0.0625

 
0.0625

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

High
 
$
8.76

 
$
9.49

 
$
10.51

 
$
12.23

Low
 
7.11

 
8.33

 
9.23

 
9.61

Dividends declared per share
 
0.0575

 
0.0575

 
0.0575

 
0.0575

 _____________
*
Price as of close of business.

In January 2015, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company's quarterly cash dividend from 6.25 cents per share to 7.00 cents per share, beginning with the dividend payable on April 30, 2015.

Common Shareholders of Record
See Item 6 - Selected Financial Data, Five Years in Review, Common Shareholders of Record at Year-End, which is incorporated here by reference.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 21



Total Return To Shareholders
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(Includes reinvestment of dividends)
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
Xerox Corporation
 
$
100.00

 
$
138.56

 
$
97.62

 
$
85.56

 
$
156.26

 
$
181.51

S&P 500 Index
 
100.00

 
115.06

 
117.49

 
136.30

 
180.44

 
205.14

S&P 500 Information Technology Index
 
100.00

 
110.19

 
112.85

 
129.57

 
166.41

 
199.89


Source: Standard & Poor's Investment Services
Notes: Graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2009 in Xerox, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Information Technology Index, respectively, and assumes dividends are reinvested.

SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES DURING THE QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014
During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, Registrant issued the following securities in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).
Dividend Equivalent
(a)
Securities issued on October 31, 2014: Registrant issued 3,105 deferred stock units (DSUs), representing the right to receive shares of Common stock, par value $1 per share, at a future date.
(b)
No underwriters participated. The shares were issued to each of the non-employee Directors of Registrant: Richard J. Harrington, William Curt Hunter, Robert J. Keegan, Charles Prince, Ann N. Reese, Sara Martinez Tucker and Mary Agnes Wilderotter.
(c)
The DSUs were issued at a deemed purchase price of $13.24 per DSU (aggregate price $41,110), based upon the market value of our Common Stock on the date of record, in payment of the dividend equivalents due to DSU holders pursuant to Registrant’s 2004 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
(d)
Exemption from registration under the Act was claimed based upon Section 4(2) as a sale by an issuer not involving a public offering.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the Quarter Ended December 31, 2014
Repurchases of Xerox Common Stock, par value $1 per share include the following:
Board Authorized Share Repurchase Program:
 
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share(1)
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs(2)
 
Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(2)
October 1 through 31
10,801,000

 
$
12.84

 
10,801,000

 
$
246,259,695

November 1 through 30
7,200,000

 
13.35

 
7,200,000

 
1,650,139,158

December 1 through 31
7,609,500

 
13.85

 
7,609,500

 
1,544,724,362

Total
25,610,500

 
 
 
25,610,500

 
 
_____________
(1)
Exclusive of fees and costs.
(2)
In November 2014, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $1.5 billion in share repurchase. Of the cumulative $8.0 billion of share repurchase authority granted by our Board of Directors, exclusive of fees and expenses, approximately $6.5 billion has been used through December 31, 2014. Repurchases may be made on the open market, or through derivative or negotiated transactions. Open-market repurchases will be made in compliance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 10b-18, and are subject to market conditions, as well as applicable legal and other considerations.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 22


Repurchases Related to Stock Compensation Programs(1):
 
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share(2)
 
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased under the Plans or Programs
October 1 through 31
16,696

 
$
13.08

 
n/a
 
n/a
November 1 through 30
—

 
—

 
n/a
 
n/a
December 1 through 31
—

 
—

 
n/a
 
n/a
Total
16,696

 
 
 
 
 
 
 ______________
(1)
These repurchases are made under a provision in our stock-based compensation programs and represent the indirect repurchase of shares through a net-settlement feature upon the vesting of shares in order to satisfy minimum statutory tax-withholding requirements.
(2)
Exclusive of fees and costs.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 23


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW
(in millions, except per-share data)
 
 
2014
 
2013 (1)
 
2012(1)
 
2011(1)
 
2010(1),(2)
Per-Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.87

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.39

Diluted
 
0.90

 
0.89

 
0.85

 
0.84

 
0.39

Earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Basic
 
0.82

 
0.93

 
0.90

 
0.92

 
0.44

Diluted
 
0.81

 
0.91

 
0.88

 
0.90

 
0.43

Common stock dividends declared
 
0.25

 
0.23

 
0.17

 
0.17

 
0.17

Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Revenues
 
$
19,540

 
$
20,006

 
$
20,421

 
$
20,638

 
$
19,650

Sales
 
5,288

 
5,582

 
5,827

 
6,265

 
6,297

Outsourcing, maintenance and rentals
 
13,865

 
13,941

 
13,997

 
13,741

 
12,693

Financing
 
387

 
483

 
597

 
632

 
660

Income from continuing operations
 
1,107

 
1,159

 
1,180

 
1,252

 
575

Income from continuing operations - Xerox
 
1,084

 
1,139

 
1,152

 
1,219

 
544

Net income
 
992

 
1,179

 
1,223

 
1,328

 
637

Net income - Xerox
 
969

 
1,159

 
1,195

 
1,295

 
606

Financial Position
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Working capital
 
$
2,798

 
$
2,825

 
$
2,363

 
$
1,531

 
$
2,222

Total Assets
 
27,658

 
29,036

 
30,015

 
30,116

 
30,600

Consolidated Capitalization
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
$
1,427

 
$
1,117

 
$
1,042

 
$
1,545

 
$
1,370

Long-term debt
 
6,314

 
6,904

 
7,447

 
7,088

 
7,237

Total Debt(3)
 
7,741

 
8,021

 
8,489

 
8,633

 
8,607

Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
650

Series A convertible preferred stock
 
349

 
349

 
349

 
349

 
349

Xerox shareholders' equity
 
10,634

 
12,300

 
11,521

 
11,876

 
12,006

Noncontrolling interests
 
75

 
119

 
143

 
149

 
153

Total Consolidated Capitalization
 
$
18,799

 
$
20,789

 
$
20,502

 
$
21,007

 
$
21,765

Selected Data and Ratios
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Common shareholders of record at year-end
 
35,307

 
37,552

 
39,397

 
41,982

 
43,383

Book value per common share
 
$
9.52

 
$
10.35

 
$
9.41

 
$
8.88

 
$
8.59

Year-end common stock market price
 
$
13.86

 
$
12.17

 
$
6.82

 
$
7.96

 
$
11.52

Employees at year-end
 
147,500

 
143,100

 
147,600

 
139,700

 
136,500

Gross margin
 
32.0
%
 
32.4
%
 
33.2
%
 
34.5
%
 
36.4
%
Sales gross margin
 
38.2
%
 
36.4
%
 
36.5
%
 
36.8
%
 
37.7
%
Outsourcing, maintenance and rentals gross margin
 
28.7
%
 
29.6
%
 
30.4
%
 
32.2
%
 
34.4
%
Finance gross margin
 
63.8
%
 
66.3
%
 
66.8
%
 
63.4
%
 
62.7
%

___________
(1)
Income Statement items have been revised for all periods to reflect our Discontinued Operations. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated here by reference, for additional information.
(2)
2010 results include the acquisition of ACS as of February 5, 2010.
(3)
Includes capital lease obligations.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 24


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial condition of Xerox Corporation. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes. Throughout the MD&A, we refer to various notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements which appear in Item 8 of this 2014 Form 10-K, and the information contained in such notes is incorporated by reference into the MD&A in the places where such references are made.
Throughout this document, references to “we,” “our,” the “Company,” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to “Xerox Corporation” refer to the stand-alone parent company and do not include its subsidiaries.

Executive Overview
With revenues of $19.5 billion, we are the world's leading global enterprise for business process and document management solutions. We provide services, technology and expertise to enable our customers - from small businesses to large global enterprises - to focus on their core business and operate more effectively.

Headquartered in Norwalk, Connecticut, the 147,500 people of Xerox serve customers in more than 180 countries providing business services, printing equipment and software for commercial and government organizations. In 2014, 33% of our revenue was generated outside the U.S.

We are a leader across large, diverse and growing markets estimated at over $650 billion. The global business process outsourcing market is very broad, encompassing multi-industry business processes as well as industry-specific business processes, and our addressable market is estimated at almost $300 billion. The document management market is estimated at roughly $100 billion and is comprised of the document systems, software, solutions and services that our customers have relied upon for years to help run their businesses and reduce their costs. The remaining market is the global information technology outsourcing market segment, which is estimated to be roughly $250 billion in aggregate - see the following paragraph.

On December 18, 2014, we announced an agreement to sell our Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO) business to Atos SE (Atos). The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2015. As a result of this pending transaction and having met applicable accounting requirements, in 2014 we reported the ITO business as a Discontinued Operation and reclassified its results from the Services segment to Discontinued Operations. Subsequent to the closing of this transaction, Xerox will no longer directly market stand-alone IT services. This transaction is part of our on-going effort to evolve our portfolio in line with our business and financial strategy. It gives us the opportunity to make further investments and acquisitions in our remaining Services business - strengthening our competitive positioning and supporting our global expansion goals. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding Discontinued Operations.

We organize our business around two main reportable segments: Services and Document Technology.
•
Our Services segment is comprised of business process outsourcing (BPO) and document outsourcing (DO) services.
In 2014 we focused on improving our cost infrastructure and evolving our Services portfolio to enable increased revenue growth and margin expansion. Revenue from Services grew 1% in 2014, reflecting growth in both service offerings, BPO and DO, and represented 54% of our total revenues. Revenue growth was below the prior year growth rate of 2% and our longer-term expectations of mid-to-high single digit growth; however, we did deliver improvements in revenue growth and profit margin through the year. Services signings in 2014 declined by 13% but were up 20% year-over-year in fourth quarter 2014. During 2014, we implemented initiatives to improve our go-to-market effectiveness, software platform implementation and global service delivery capabilities. Across our services portfolio, the diversity of our offerings and the differentiated solutions we provide, enable us to deliver greater value to our customers.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 25


•
Our Document Technology segment is comprised of our document technology and related supplies, technical service and equipment financing (excluding contracts related to document outsourcing). Our product groups within this segment include Entry, Mid-Range and High-End products.
In 2014 we focused on maintaining our market leadership in Document Technology as well as continuing to reduce our cost base. This strategy included expanding the software and application capabilities of Xerox® ConnectKey®, a major new software and solutions capability we launched in 2013. In 2014 we broadened the number of devices that are enabled with this capability and grew our indirect sales channels to expand our reach to small and mid-sized businesses (SMB). Document Technology revenues declined 6% in 2014, in line with expectations.

Annuity-Based Business Model

In 2014, 84% of our total revenue was annuity-based, which includes contracted services, equipment maintenance, consumable supplies and financing, among other elements. Our annuity revenue significantly benefits from growth in Services. Some of the key indicators of annuity revenue growth include:
•
Services signings, which reflects the estimated future revenues from contracts signed during the period.
•
Services renewal rate, which is defined as the annual recurring revenue (ARR) on contracts that are renewed during the period, calculated as a percentage of ARR on all contracts where a renewal decision was made during the period.
•
Services pipeline growth, which measures the increase in new business opportunities.
•
Installations of printers and multifunction printers as well as the number of machines in the field (MIF) and the page volume and mix of pages printed on color devices, where available.

Acquisitions
Consistent with our strategy to enhance our Services offerings and global presence and to expand our distribution capabilities in Document Technology, we completed several acquisitions during 2014. Refer to Acquisitions and Divestitures section in Item 1. Business in this Form 10-K as well as Note 3 - Acquisitions in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our 2014 acquisitions.
Financial Overview
Total revenue of $19.5 billion in 2014 declined 2% from the prior year. Services segment revenues increased 1%, reflecting growth in both of our Services offerings - BPO and DO. Services segment margin of 9.0% decreased 1.1-percentage points from 2013, reflecting a decline in gross margin of 1.1-percentage points as productivity improvements and restructuring benefits were not enough to offset higher expenses in our government healthcare business and the run-off of high margin contracts. Document Technology segment revenues declined 6%, reflecting weakness in developing markets, timing of new product introductions, lower financing revenues, price declines, and the continued migration of customers to Xerox managed print services, which is included in our Services segment. These declines were partially offset by the benefits from refreshes across our product portfolio and improving high-end product revenues. Document Technology segment margin of 13.7% increased 2.9-percentage points from 2013, reflecting ongoing benefits from productivity and restructuring actions as well as favorable benefits from transaction currency, pension costs and bad debt expense.
2014 Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox was $1,084 million and included $196 million of after-tax amortization of intangible assets. Net income for 2014 reflects the margin decline in the Services segment primarily due to higher costs associated with investments to mature our healthcare medicaid platform and the operational performance of our government healthcare business as well as revenue declines in Document Technology. These impacts were partially offset by productivity improvements and cost reductions from restructuring actions as well as favorable benefits from transaction currency, pension costs and bad debt expense. Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox for 2013 was $1,139 million and included $189 million of after-tax amortization of intangible assets.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 26


Cash flow from operations was $2.1 billion in 2014 as compared to $2.4 billion in 2013. The decrease in cash was primarily due to the impacts from the prior year finance receivables sales and higher pension contributions. These decreases were partially offset by working capital improvements (accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable), lower contract spending and lower income tax payments. Cash used in investing activities of $703 million primarily reflects capital expenditures of $452 million and acquisitions of $340 million partially offset by proceeds from the sale of businesses and assets of $80 million. Cash used in financing activities was $1.6 billion, which primarily reflects $1.1 billion for stock repurchases, $175 million of net payments on debt and $313 million for dividends.

We reported a net loss from discontinued operations in 2014 of $115 million primarily related to the loss on the pending disposal of the ITO business as previously noted. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
2015 Outlook
We expect total revenues to be flat in 2015, excluding the impact of currency. We expect currency to have about a 3 to 4 percentage point negative impact on total revenues in 2015, reflecting the significant weakening of our major foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. Earnings in 2015 are likewise expected to be negatively impacted by translation currency as well as higher pension costs.
In our Services business, we expect revenue growth between 2 and 4%, excluding the impact of currency, with revenue growth improving through the year. Revenue growth is expected to be driven by portfolio management, global expansion, sales investments to acquire new customers and increase our revenue with current customers and additional acquisitions which increase our service capabilities and global footprint. Services margins are expected to improve approximately 0.5-percentage points in 2015 as we continue to focus on portfolio mix as well as productivity and cost improvements.
In our Document Technology business, we expect revenue to decline 4 to 5%, excluding the impact of currency, reflecting improvements from second half 2014 product launches and moderation of the negative impact from prior period finance receivable sales. We also expect to capitalize on growth opportunities in the most advantaged segments of the market including color, high-end graphic communications and SMB markets. Margins in Document Technology are expected to be in the range of 11 to 13%, down from the 2014 margin of 13.7%, reflecting higher pension costs and negative impacts from translation currency partially offset by our continued focus on productivity and cost improvements.
Our capital allocation plan for 2015 includes the following:
•
Share repurchase – we plan to spend about $1 billion on share repurchases.
•
Acquisitions – we expect to spend up to $900 million. In keeping with our portfolio management strategy, we are focusing on acquiring companies that will expand our capabilities in attractive services areas as well as extend our global reach in Services. Despite the increased capital allocation for acquisitions, we will maintain the disciplined approach we have established for evaluating and completing acquisitions.
•
Debt – we are comfortable with our leverage position and expect to end the year with debt about flat at $7.7 billion.
•
Dividends - we recently announced a 12% increase in the quarterly dividend to 7 cents per share effective with our April 30th dividend. This will result in common dividends of just over $300 million in 2015, which is only modestly higher than the prior year as share repurchases effectively self-fund the increase.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 27


Currency Impact
To understand the trends in our business, we believe that it is helpful to analyze the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars on revenue and expenses. We refer to this analysis as “currency impact” or “the impact from currency.” This impact is calculated by translating current period activity in local currency using the comparable prior year period's currency translation rate. This impact is calculated for all countries where the functional currency is the local country currency. Revenues and expenses from our developing market countries (Latin America, Brazil, the Middle East, India, Eurasia and Central-Eastern Europe) are analyzed at actual exchange rates for all periods presented, since these countries generally have unpredictable currency and inflationary environments, and our operations in these countries have historically implemented pricing actions to recover the impact of inflation and devaluation. We do not hedge the translation effect of revenues or expenses denominated in currencies where the local currency is the functional currency.
Approximately 33% of our consolidated revenues are derived from operations outside of the United States where the U.S. Dollar is normally not the functional currency. When compared with the average of the major European currencies and Canadian Dollar on a revenue-weighted basis, the U.S. Dollar was flat in 2014 and 1% weaker in 2013, each compared to the prior year. As a result, the foreign currency translation had no impact on revenue in 2014 and a 1% positive impact on revenue in 2013.
During the fourth quarter 2014 and through January 2015, the U.S. Dollar strengthened significantly against our major foreign currencies. Foreign currency translation had no impact on our revenue during the first three quarters of 2014 but resulted in a 2-percentage point negative impact in the fourth quarter 2014. Our major foreign currencies continued to weaken in January 2015 - declines since December 31, 2014 include the Euro by 7%, the Canadian Dollar by 9% and the Pound Sterling by 3%. As result of this continued weakening, we expect currency to have about a 3 to 4 percentage point negative impact on full-year 2015 revenues, assuming rates at the end of January 2015.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we apply various accounting policies. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies, estimates and related disclosures included herein with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We consider the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management's judgment, since financial reporting results rely on estimates of the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. In instances where different estimates could have reasonably been used, we disclosed the impact of these different estimates on our operations. In certain instances, like revenue recognition for leases, the accounting rules are prescriptive; therefore, it would not have been possible to reasonably use different estimates. Changes in assumptions and estimates are reflected in the period in which they occur. The impact of such changes could be material to our results of operations and financial condition in any quarterly or annual period.
Specific risks associated with these critical accounting policies are discussed throughout the MD&A, where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, refer to Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition
Application of the various accounting principles in GAAP related to the measurement and recognition of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates. Complex arrangements with nonstandard terms and conditions may require significant contract interpretation to determine the appropriate accounting. Refer to Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Revenue Recognition, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our revenue recognition policies. Specifically, the revenue related to the following areas involves significant judgments and estimates:
•
Bundled Lease Arrangements,
•
Sales to Distributors and Resellers, and
•
Services - Percentage-of-Completion

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 28


Bundled Lease Arrangements - We sell our equipment under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include the equipment, service, supplies and a financing component for which the customer pays a single negotiated monthly fixed price for all elements over the contractual lease term. Approximately 35% of our equipment sales revenue is related to sales made under bundled lease arrangements. Recognizing revenues under these arrangements requires us to allocate the total consideration received to the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement, based upon the estimated fair values of each element.
Sales to Distributors and Resellers - We utilize distributors and resellers to sell many of our technology products, supplies and services to end-user customers. Sales to distributors and resellers are generally recognized as revenue when products are sold to such distributors and resellers. Distributors and resellers participate in various rebate, price-protection, cooperative marketing and other programs, and we record provisions and allowances for these programs as a reduction to revenue when the sales occur. Similarly, we also record estimates for sales returns and other discounts and allowances when the sales occur. We consider various factors, including a review of specific transactions and programs, historical experience and market and economic conditions when calculating these provisions and allowances. Approximately 11% of our revenues include sales to distributors and resellers and provisions and allowances recorded on these sales are approximately 20% of the associated gross revenues.
Revenue Recognition for Services - Percentage-of-Completion - A portion of our Services revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion (POC) accounting method. This method requires the use of estimates and judgment. Approximately 3% of our Services revenues were recognized using the POC accounting method. Although not significant to total Services revenue, the POC methodology is normally applied to certain of our larger and longer term outsourcing contracts involving system development and implementation services, primarily in government healthcare and certain government transportation contracts. In addition, we had unbilled receivables totaling $360 and $345 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, representing revenues recognized but not yet billable under the terms of our POC contracts.
The POC accounting methodology involves recognizing probable and reasonably estimable revenue using the percentage of services completed based on a current cumulative cost incurred to estimated total cost basis and a reasonably consistent profit margin over the period. Due to the long-term nature of these arrangements, developing the estimates of cost often requires significant judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the progress of work completed and ultimate cost of the projects include, but are not limited to, the availability of labor and labor productivity, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed and the impact of delayed performance. If changes occur in delivery, productivity or other factors used in developing the estimates of costs or revenues, we revise our cost and revenue estimates, which may result in increases or decreases in revenues and costs. Such revisions are reflected in income in the period in which the facts that give rise to that revision become known. We perform ongoing profitability analysis of our POC services contracts in order to determine whether the latest estimates require updating. Key factors reviewed by the company to estimate the future costs to complete each contract are future labor costs, future product costs, expected productivity efficiencies, achievement of contracted milestones and performance goals as well as potential penalties for milestone and system implementation delays.
If at any time our estimates indicate the POC contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately in cost of services and results in the contract being recorded at a zero profit margin with recognition of an equal amount of revenues and costs.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit Losses
We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience adjusted for current conditions. We recorded bad debt provisions of $53 million, $120 million and $119 million in SAG expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Bad debt provisions declined in 2014 reflecting improved trends in write-offs throughout the year as well as a continued disciplined credit process. Reserves, as a percentage of trade and finance receivables, were 3.1% at December 31, 2014, as compared to 3.4% and 3.3% at December 31, 2013 and 2012. We continue to assess our receivable portfolio in light of the current economic environment and its impact on our estimation of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 29


As discussed above, we estimated our provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and customer-specific collection issues. This methodology was consistently applied for all periods presented. During the five year period ended December 31, 2014, our reserve for doubtful accounts ranged from 3.1% to 3.4% of gross receivables. Holding all assumptions constant, a 0.5-percentage point increase or decrease in the reserve from the December 31, 2014 rate of 3.1% would change the 2014 provision by approximately $36 million.
Refer to Note 5 - Accounts Receivables, Net and Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our allowance for doubtful accounts.
Pension Plan Assumptions
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in various forms in several countries covering employees who meet eligibility requirements. Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our defined benefit pension plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the expected return on plan assets, discount rate, lump-sum settlement rates, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality. Differences between these assumptions and actual experiences are reported as net actuarial gains and losses and are subject to amortization to net periodic benefit cost over future periods. Over the past several years, we have amended several of our major defined benefit pension plans to freeze current benefits and eliminate benefit accruals for future service. The freeze of current benefits is the primary driver of the reduction in pension service costs since 2012. In certain plans we are required by law or statute to continue to reflect salary increases and inflation in determining the benefit obligation related to prior service.
Cumulative net actuarial losses for our defined benefit pension plans of $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2014 increased by $924 million from December 31, 2013, reflecting the increase in our benefit obligations as a result of lower discount rates and changes in U.S. mortality assumptions partially offset by actual asset returns exceeding expected returns and settlement losses in the U.S. In October 2014, the Society of Actuaries issued new mortality tables and a mortality improvement scale specifically intended for use in estimating retirement plan liabilities for U.S. plans. The new tables reflect a longer life expectancy for retirees than projected in past tables, which accordingly resulted in an increase to our U.S. defined benefit plan obligations. The total actuarial loss at December 31, 2014 is subject to offsetting gains or losses in the future due to changes in actuarial assumptions and will be recognized in future periods through amortization or settlement losses.
We used a consolidated weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets of 6.7% for 2014, 6.7% for 2013 and 6.9% for 2012, on a worldwide basis. During 2014, the actual return on plan assets was $1,297 million as compared to an expected return of $632 million. When estimating the 2015 expected rate of return, in addition to assessing recent performance, we considered the historical returns earned on plan assets, the rates of return expected in the future, particularly in light of current economic conditions, and our investment strategy and asset mix with respect to the plans' funds. The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets we will use in 2015 is 6.0%. The decline in the 2015 rate reflects the increased investment in fixed income securities as we reposition our investment portfolios in light of the freeze of plan benefits.
Another significant assumption affecting our defined benefit pension obligations and the net periodic benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit obligations. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 75% of our projected benefit obligation, we consider the Moody's Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company's iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. The consolidated weighted average discount rate we used to measure our pension obligations as of December 31, 2014 and to calculate our 2015 expense was 3.4%; the rate used to calculate our obligations as of December 31, 2013 and our 2014 expense was 4.4%. The weighted average discount rate we used to measure our retiree health obligation as of December 31, 2014 and to calculate our 2015 expense was 3.8%; the rate used to calculate our obligation at December 31, 2013 and our 2014 expense was 4.5%.
Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate would change the 2015 projected net periodic pension cost by approximately $30 million. Likewise, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would change the 2015 projected net periodic pension cost by $18 million.
One of the most significant and volatile elements of our net periodic defined benefit pension plan expense is settlement losses. Our primary domestic plans allow participants the option of settling their vested benefits through the receipt of a lump-sum payment.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 30


We have elected to apply settlement accounting to these plans and, therefore, we recognize the losses associated with these settlements immediately upon the settlement of the vested benefits. Settlement accounting requires us to recognize a pro rata portion of the aggregate unamortized net actuarial losses upon settlement. As noted above, cumulative unamortized net actuarial losses were $3.3 billion at December 31, 2014, of which the U.S. primary domestic plans represented approximately $1,149 million. The pro rata factor is computed as the percentage reduction in the projected benefit obligation due to the settlement of a participant's vested benefit. Settlement accounting is only applied when the event of settlement occurs - i.e. the lump-sum payment is made. Since settlement is dependent on an employee's decision and election, the level of settlements and the associated losses can fluctuate significantly period to period. In 2014, settlement losses associated with our primary domestic pension plans amounted to $51 million. Currently, on average, approximately $100 million of plan settlements will result in settlement losses of approximately $25 million. During the three years ended December 31, 2014, U.S. plan settlements were $250 million, $838 million and $481 million, respectively.
The following is a summary of our benefit plan costs and funding for the three years ended December 31, 2014 as well as estimated amounts for 2015:
 
 
Estimated
 
Actual
(in millions)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Defined benefit pension plans(1)
 
$
62

 
$
31

 
$
105

 
$
218

U.S. settlement losses
 
164

 
51

 
162

 
82

Defined contribution plans (2)
 
101

 
102

 
89

 
61

Retiree health benefit plans
 
16

 
3

 
1

 
11

Total Benefit Plan Expense
 
$
343

 
$
187

 
$
357

 
$
372

 ___________
(1)
Excludes U.S. settlement losses.
(2)
Excludes an estimated $7 million for 2015; and $8 million, $7 million and $2 million for the three years ended December 31, 2014, respectively, related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Our estimated 2015 defined benefit pension plan cost is expected to be approximately $144 million higher than 2014, primarily driven by higher projected U.S. settlement losses of $113 million and higher amortization of actuarial losses. These increases are primarily the result of lower discount rates and lump-sum settlement rates. Benefit plan costs are included in several income statement components based on the related underlying employee costs.
 
 
Estimated
 
Actual
(in millions)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Defined benefit pension plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
 
$
340

 
$
284

 
$
230

 
$
364

Stock
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
130

Total
 
340

 
284

 
230

 
494

Defined contribution plans (1)
 
101

 
102

 
89

 
61

Retiree health benefit plans
 
71

 
70

 
77

 
84

Total Benefit Plan Funding
 
$
512

 
$
456

 
$
396

 
$
639

 ___________
(1)
Excludes an estimated $7 million for 2015; and $8 million, $7 million and $2 million for the three years ended December 31, 2014, respectively, related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
The increase in contributions to our worldwide defined benefit pension plans in 2015, largely in the U.S., is to gradually address the underfunded liability in the U.S. Refer to Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding defined benefit pension plan assumptions, expense and funding.
Income Taxes
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes. Our provision is based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors, including the taxation of foreign income. In addition, our provision will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events such as audit settlements, tax law changes, changes in valuation allowances, etc., that may not be predictable.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 31


We record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and provide valuation allowances as required. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability considering historical profitability, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. Adjustments to our valuation allowance, through (credits) charges to income tax expense, were $(20) million, $2 million and $(9) million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were other decreases to our valuation allowance, including the effects of currency, of $56 million, $42 million and $14 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These did not affect income tax expense in total as there was a corresponding adjustment to deferred tax assets or other comprehensive income. Gross deferred tax assets of $3.4 billion and $3.4 billion had valuation allowances of $538 million and $614 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may incur additional tax expense based upon our assessment of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results. Unrecognized tax benefits were $240 million, $267 million and $201 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Refer to Note 17 - Income and Other Taxes in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding deferred income taxes and unrecognized tax benefits.
Business Combinations and Goodwill
The accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill. Our estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, and when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party valuation firms. Refer to Note 3 - Acquisitions in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the allocation of the purchase price consideration for our acquisitions.
As a result of our acquisition of Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (ACS) in 2010, as well as other acquisitions including GIS, we have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill at December 31, 2014 was $8.8 billion. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment may have been incurred. Events or circumstances that might indicate an interim evaluation is warranted include, among other things, unexpected adverse business conditions, macro and reporting unit specific economic factors, supply costs, unanticipated competitive activities and acts by governments and courts.
Application of the annual goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units and the assessment - qualitatively or quantitatively - of the fair value of each reporting unit against its carrying value. At December 31, 2014, $6.5 billion and $2.3 billion of goodwill was allocated to reporting units within our Services and Document Technology segments, respectively. Our Services segment is comprised of five reporting units while our Document Technology segment is comprised of one reporting unit for a total of six reporting units with goodwill balances.
Our annual impairment test of goodwill was performed in the fourth quarter of 2014. Consistent with 2013, we elected to utilize a quantitative assessment of the recoverability of our goodwill balances for each of our reporting units.
In our quantitative test, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit by weighting the results from the income approach (discounted cash flow methodology) and market approach. These valuation approaches require significant judgment and consider a number of factors that include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, growth rates and discount rates, and comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in our industry and require us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding the current economic environment, industry factors and the future profitability of our businesses.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 32


When performing our discounted cash flow analysis for each reporting unit, we incorporate the use of projected financial information and discount rates that are developed using market participant-based assumptions. The cash-flow projections are based on three-year financial forecasts developed by management that include revenue and expense projections, capital spending trends, and investment in working capital to support anticipated revenue growth or other changes in the business. The selected discount rates consider the risk and nature of the respective reporting units' cash flows and an appropriate capital structure and rates of return that market participants would require to invest their capital in our reporting units.    
In performing our 2014 impairment test, the following were the 3-year compounded assumptions for Document Technology and the five reporting units within our Services segment with respect to revenue, operating income and margins, which formed the basis for estimating future cash flows used in the discounted cash flow model:
•
Document Technology - revenue decline in 2015 moderating in 2016-2017, operating income growth: flat-1%, and operating margin: 10%-11% - as we continue to manage costs as a result of an expected decline in revenues.
•
Services - revenue growth: 5%-6%, operating income growth: 10%-12%, and operating margin: 10%-12% - as we benefit from recurring revenue and strong renewals while improving the mix of services and improving the performance of our government healthcare business as well as restructuring the businesses to achieve operating margin growth.
We believe these assumptions are appropriate and reflect our forecasted long-term business model, giving appropriate consideration to our historical results as well as the current economic environment and markets that we serve. The average discount rate applied to our projected cash flows was approximately 9.5%, which we considered reasonable based on the estimated capital costs of applicable market participants. Although the sum of the fair values of our reporting units was in excess of our market capitalization, we believe the difference is reasonable when market-based control premiums and other factors are taken into consideration, including the evolution of our business to be predominantly services-based.
When performing our market approach for each reporting unit, we rely specifically on the guideline public company method. Our guideline public company method incorporates revenues and earnings multiples from publicly traded companies with operations and other characteristics similar to each reporting unit. The selected multiples consider each reporting unit’s relative growth, profitability, size and risk relative to the selected publicly traded companies.
After completing our annual impairment reviews for each reporting unit in the fourth quarter of 2014 and 2013, we concluded that goodwill was not impaired in either of these years. In 2014, no reporting unit had an excess of fair value over carrying value of less than 20%.
Our impairment assessment methodology includes the use of outside valuation experts and the inclusion of factors and assumptions related to third-party market participants. In connection with the announced sale of the ITO business in the fourth quarter 2014, since that business comprised a portion of several reporting units, we tested the retained goodwill of those reporting units for impairment and concluded that the goodwill remaining was not impaired since the fair values of those reporting units exceeded their carrying values.
Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the ITO disposition as well as Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill by reportable segment.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 33


Revenue Results Summary
Total Revenue
Revenue for the three years ended December 31, 2014 was as follows:
 
Revenues
 
 Change
 
Percent of Total Revenue
(in millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Equipment sales
$
3,104

 
$
3,358

 
$
3,476

 
(8
)%
 
(3
)%
 
16
%
 
17
%
 
17
%
Annuity revenue
16,436

 
16,648

 
16,945

 
(1
)%
 
(2
)%
 
84
%
 
83
%
 
83
%
Total Revenue
$
19,540

 
$
20,006

 
$
20,421

 
(2
)%
 
(2
)%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
5,288

 
$
5,582

 
$
5,827

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: Supplies, paper and other sales
(2,184
)
 
(2,224
)
 
(2,351
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment Sales
$
3,104

 
$
3,358

 
$
3,476

 
(8
)%
 
(3
)%
 
16
%
 
17
%
 
17
%
Outsourcing, maintenance and rentals
$
13,865

 
$
13,941

 
$
13,997

 
(1
)%
 
—
 %
 
71
%
 
70
%
 
69
%
Add: Supplies, paper and other sales
2,184

 
2,224

 
2,351

 
(2
)%
 
(5
)%
 
11
%
 
11
%
 
11
%
Add: Financing
387

 
483

 
597

 
(20
)%
 
(19
)%
 
2
%
 
2
%
 
3
%
Annuity Revenue
$
16,436

 
$
16,648

 
$
16,945

 
(1
)%
 
(2
)%
 
84
%
 
83
%
 
83
%
Revenue 2014
Total revenues decreased 2% compared to the prior year with no impact from currency. Total revenues included the following:
•
Annuity revenue decreased 1% compared to prior year with no impact from currency. Annuity revenue is comprised of the following:
◦
Outsourcing, maintenance and rentals revenue includes outsourcing revenue within our Services segment and maintenance revenue (including bundled supplies) and rental revenue, both primarily within our Document Technology segment. Revenues of $13,865 million decreased 1% from the prior year with a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency. The decrease was due to a decline in the Document Technology segment partially offset by growth in outsourcing revenue within our Services segment.
◦
Supplies, paper and other sales includes unbundled supplies and other sales, primarily within our Document Technology segment. Revenues of $2,184 million decreased 2% from the prior year with no impact from currency. The decrease was primarily driven by moderately lower supplies demand and a decline in other sales revenue.
◦
Financing revenue is generated from financed sale transactions primarily within our Document Technology segment. Financing revenues decreased 20% from the prior year due primarily to $40 million in pre-tax gains on finance receivable sales in the second half of 2013 as well as a lower finance receivable balance mostly as a result of prior period sales of finance receivables and lower originations due to decreased equipment sales. Refer to the discussion on Sales of Finance Receivable in the Capital Resources and Liquidity section as well as Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
•
Equipment sales revenue is reported primarily within our Document Technology segment and the Document Outsourcing business within our Services segment. Equipment sales revenue decreased 8% from the prior year, including a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency. Lower installs across the majority of our product groupings, lower sales in entry products due to product launch timing and overall price declines that were at the low-end of our historical 5% to 10% range contributed to the decline. Equipment sales were also impacted by lower sales in developing markets, and particularly lower sales in Russia due to economic instability.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 34


Revenue 2013
Total revenues decreased 2% compared to the prior year and included 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. Total revenues included the following:
•
Annuity revenue decreased 2% compared to prior year with no impact from currency. Annuity revenue is comprised of the following:
◦
Outsourcing, maintenance and rentals revenue includes outsourcing revenue within our Services segment and technical service revenue (including bundled supplies) and rental revenue, both primarily within our Document Technology segment. Revenues of $13,941 million remained flat from the prior year and included a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. This was primarily driven by growth in our Services segment offset by a decline in maintenance revenue due to moderately lower page volumes and revenue per page.
◦
Supplies, paper and other sales includes unbundled supplies and other sales, primarily within our Document Technology segment. Revenues of $2,224 million decreased 5% from the prior year with no impact from currency. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in channel supplies inventories in the U.S. and developing markets, moderately lower supplies and paper demand, and lower licensing sales.
◦
Financing revenue is generated from financed sale transactions primarily within our Document Technology segment. Financing revenues decreased 19% from the prior year reflecting a lower balance of finance receivables as a result of prior period sales of receivables and lower originations due to decreased equipment sales. Financing revenues in 2013 include gains of $40 million from the sales of finance receivables as compared to $44 million in 2012. Refer to the discussion on Sales of Finance Receivable in the Capital Resources and Liquidity section as well as Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
•
Equipment sales revenue is reported primarily within our Document Technology segment and the Document Outsourcing business within our Services segment. Equipment sales revenue decreased 3% from the prior year, including a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. Benefits from new product introductions and a positive mix impact were more than offset by lower sales in developing markets and price declines ranging from 5% to 10%, which is consistent with prior years.
An analysis of the change in revenue for each business segment is included in the “Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit” section.

Costs, Expenses and Other Income
Summary of Key Financial Ratios
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
Total Gross Margin
32.0
%
 
32.4
%
 
33.2
%
 
(0.4) pts

 
(0.8) pts

RD&E as a % of Revenue
3.0
%
 
3.0
%
 
3.2
%
 
—

 
(0.2) pts

SAG as a % of Revenue
19.4
%
 
20.4
%
 
20.3
%
 
(1.0) pts

 
0.1 pts

Operating Margin(1)
9.6
%
 
9.0
%
 
9.7
%
 
0.6 pts

 
(0.7) pts

Pre-tax Income Margin
6.2
%
 
6.2
%
 
6.3
%
 
—

 
(0.1) pts

Operating Margin
Operating margin1 for the year ended December 31, 2014 of 9.6% increased 0.6-percentage points as compared to 2013. The increase was driven primarily by a 1.0-percentage point improvement in SAG as a percent of revenue partially offset by a decline in gross margin of 0.4-percentage points. The operating margin improvement reflects restructuring savings and productivity improvements, continued benefits from currency on yen based purchases and lower bad debt expense. As anticipated, operating margin also benefited from lower year-over-year pension expense and settlement losses (collectively referred to as "pension expense"). We anticipate pension expense will increase in 2015 as a result of expected changes in the discount rate and the estimated impact it will have on settlement losses. Refer to the discussion on Pension Plan Assumptions in the Application of Critical accounting Policies section as well as Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Services margins decreased in 2014 due to higher government healthcare platform expenses, including net non-cash impairment charges, as well as platform and resource investments across the Services segment and the continued run-off of the student loan business.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 35


The operating margin1 for the year ended December 31, 2013 of 9.0% decreased 0.7-percentage points as compared to 2012. The decline was driven primarily by a decline in gross margin of 0.8-percentage points partially offset by a moderate improvement in operating expenses as a percent of revenue. The operating margin decline reflects continued pressure on Services margins from higher healthcare platform expenses and the run-off of the student loan business, as well as from higher pension settlement costs impacting Document Technology.
 _____________
(1)
See the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section for an explanation of the Operating Margin non-GAAP financial measure.
Gross Margins
Total Gross Margin
Total gross margin for year ended December 31, 2014 of 32.0% decreased 0.4-percentage points as compared to 2013. The decrease was driven by margin declines within the Services segment as well as the impact of a higher proportion of our revenue from Services (which historically has a lower gross margin than Document Technology) partially offset by a higher gross margin within the Document Technology segment.
Gross margin for year ended December 31, 2013 of 32.4% decreased 0.8-percentage points as compared to 2012. The decrease was driven by margin declines within the Services segment as well as the continued increase in services revenue as a percent of total revenue.
Services Gross Margin
Services gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased 1.1-percentage points as compared to 2013. The decrease is primarily due to higher expenses associated with our public sector and government healthcare businesses, including costs for the Medicaid and Health Insurance Exchange (HIX) platforms, the anticipated run-off of our student loan business and price declines that were consistent with prior periods. These impacts were only partially offset by productivity improvements and restructuring benefits.
Services gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased 0.7-percentage points as compared to 2012. The decrease is primarily due to revenue mix in the segment, the run-off of our student loan business, lower volumes in some areas of the business and higher healthcare platform costs. These impacts were only partially offset by productivity improvements and restructuring benefits.
Document Technology Gross Margin
Document Technology gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by 1.5-percentage points as compared to 2013. The increase, driven by cost productivity and restructuring savings, favorable transaction currency on our Yen-based purchases, lower pension expense and favorable revenue mix, was partially offset by moderate price declines and the impact of the prior year finance receivable gain.
Document Technology gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by 0.1-percentage points as compared to 2012. The increase was driven by cost productivities and favorable transaction currency on our Yen- based purchases, which more than offset the impact of price declines and mix.
Research, Development and Engineering Expenses (RD&E)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
(in millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
R&D
$
445

 
$
481

 
$
545

 
$
(36
)
 
$
(64
)
Sustaining engineering
132

 
122

 
110

 
10

 
12

Total RD&E Expenses
$
577

 
$
603

 
$
655

 
$
(26
)
 
$
(52
)
R&D Investment by Fuji Xerox(1)
$
654

 
$
724

 
$
860

 
$
(70
)
 
$
(136
)
______________
(1)
Fluctuation in Fuji Xerox R&D was primarily due to changes in foreign exchange rates.
RD&E as a percent of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 of 3.0% remained flat, reflecting the impact of restructuring and productivity improvements and a higher mix of Services revenue (which historically has a lower RD&E as a percentage of revenue), offset by increased investments in Services RD&E and the overall total company revenue decline.
RD&E of $577 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, was $26 million lower than 2013 reflecting the impact of restructuring and productivity improvements.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 36


Innovation is one of our core strengths and we continue to invest at levels that enhance this core strength, particularly in services, color and software. During 2014 we managed our investments in R&D to align with growth opportunities in areas like business services, color printing and customized communication. Our R&D is also strategically coordinated with Fuji Xerox.
RD&E as a percent of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 of 3.0% decreased 0.2-percentage points. The decrease was driven by the higher mix of Services revenue (which historically has a lower RD&E as a percentage of revenue) lower spending and productivity improvements.
RD&E of $603 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, was $52 million lower, reflecting the impact of restructuring and productivity improvements.
Selling, Administrative and General Expenses (SAG)
SAG as a percent of revenue of 19.4% decreased 1.0-percentage point for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was driven by the higher mix of Services revenue (which historically has lower SAG as a percentage of revenue), restructuring and productivity improvements, and lower pension and bad debt expense. The net reduction in SAG spending exceeded the overall revenue decline on a percentage basis.
SAG expenses of $3,788 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $285 million lower than the prior year period. The decrease in SAG expense reflects the following:
•
$125 million decrease in selling expenses.
•
$93 million decrease in general and administrative expenses.
•
$67 million decrease in bad debt expenses to $53 million, reflecting the favorable trend in write-offs and recoveries experienced throughout the year. Full year 2014 bad debt expense remained less than one percent of receivables.
SAG as a percent of revenue of 20.4% increased 0.1-percentage points for the year ended December 31, 2013.
SAG expenses of $4,073 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $68 million lower than the prior year period. The SAG expense decrease reflects the following:
•
$52 million decrease in selling expenses reflecting the benefits from restructuring and productivity improvements, as well as lower compensation-related expenses and advertising spending partially offset by the impact of acquisitions.
•
$17 million decrease in general and administrative expenses as restructuring savings and productivity improvements were partially offset by the impact of acquisitions and increased consulting costs.
•
$1 million increase in bad debt expense to $120 million.
Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded net restructuring and asset impairment charges of $128 million ($91 million after-tax). Approximately 30% of the charges were related to our Services segment, 59% to our Document Technology segment, and 11% to our Other segment and included the following:
•
$143 million of severance costs related to headcount reductions of approximately 4,000 employees globally. The actions impacted several functional areas, with approximately 53% of the costs focused on gross margin improvements, 42% on SAG and 5% on the optimization of RD&E investments.
•
$5 million for lease termination costs primarily reflecting continued optimization of our worldwide operating locations.
•
$7 million of asset impairment losses.
The above charges were partially offset by $27 million of net reversals for changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives.
We expect 2015 pre-tax savings of approximately $100 million from our 2014 restructuring actions.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded net restructuring and asset impairment charges of $115 million ($82 million after-tax). Approximately 33% of the charges were related to our Services segment and 67% to our Document Technology segment and included the following:

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 37


•
$141 million of severance costs related to headcount reductions of approximately 4,800 employees globally. The actions impacted several functional areas, with approximately 65% of the costs focused on gross margin improvements, 34% on SAG and 1% on the optimization of RD&E investments.
•
$2 million for lease termination costs primarily reflecting continued optimization of our worldwide operating locations.
•
$1 million of asset impairment losses.
The above charges were partially offset by $29 million of net reversals for changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives.
Restructuring Summary
The restructuring reserve balance as of December 31, 2014 for all programs was $97 million, of which approximately $94 million is expected to be spent over the next twelve months. In the first quarter 2015, we expect to incur additional restructuring charges of approximately $0.02 per diluted share for actions and initiatives that have not yet been finalized.

Refer to Note 11 - Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our restructuring programs.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded $315 million of expense related to the amortization of intangible assets, which is $10 million higher than the prior year reflecting an increase in acquisitions in 2014.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $305 million of expense related to the amortization of intangible assets, which was $4 million higher than the prior year reflecting the increase in acquisitions in 2012.
Refer to Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible assets, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our intangible assets.
Worldwide Employment
Worldwide employment of approximately 147,500 as of December 31, 2014 increased by approximately 4,400 from December 31, 2013, due primarily to the impact of acquisitions and seasonal fluctuations in Services, partially offset by restructuring actions and productivity improvements. Total headcount includes approximately 9,800 employees who are expected to transfer to Atos upon closure of the sale of our ITO business. Worldwide employment was approximately 143,100 and 147,600 at December 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Other Expenses, Net
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Non-financing interest expense
$
237

 
$
240

 
$
229

Interest income
(10
)
 
(11
)
 
(13
)
(Gains) losses on sales of businesses and assets
(50
)
 
(64
)
 
2

Currency losses (gains), net
5

 
(7
)
 
3

Litigation matters
11

 
(34
)
 
(1
)
Loss on sales of accounts receivables
15

 
17

 
21

Deferred compensation investment gains
(7
)
 
(15
)
 
(10
)
All other expenses, net
31

 
20

 
26

Total Other Expenses, Net
$
232

 
$
146

 
$
257

Note: With the exception of Deferred compensation investment gains, all items comprising Other Expense, Net are reported in the Other segment. Deferred compensation investment gains are reported in the Services segment as an offset to the associated compensation expense - see below.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 38


Non-Financing Interest Expense: Non-financing interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $237 million was $3 million lower than prior year primarily due to the benefit of lower borrowing costs achieved as a result of refinancing existing debt. When non-financing interest expense is combined with financing interest expense (cost of financing), total company interest expense declined by $26 million from the prior year, primarily driven by a lower total average debt balance and lower average cost of debt.
Non-financing interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $240 million was $11 million higher than prior year primarily due to a higher average cost of debt. When non-financing interest expense is combined with financing interest expense (cost of financing), total company interest expense declined by $24 million from the prior year, primarily driven by a lower total average debt balance partially offset by a higher average cost of debt.

Refer to Note 13 - Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our allocation of interest expense.
(Gains) Losses on Sales of Businesses and Assets: The 2014 gains on sales of businesses and assets was primarily related to the sales of surplus properties with $39 million related to sales in Latin America and $8 million related to a sale in the U.S.
The 2013 gains on sales of businesses and assets include the following transactions:
•
A $29 million gain on the $32.5 million cash sale of a portion of our Wilsonville, Oregon product design, engineering and chemistry group and related assets that were surplus to our needs.
•
A $23 million gain on the sale of a surplus facility in the U.S.
•
An $8 million gain on the sale of a surplus facility in Latin America.
Currency Losses (Gains), Net: Currency losses (gains) primarily result from the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the cost of hedging foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts utilized to hedge those foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. 2014 currency losses are primarily related to significant volatility in exchange rates in Russia in the fourth quarter.
Litigation Matters: 2014 litigation matters reflect probable losses and reserves for various legal matters partially offset by the favorable resolution of our securities litigation matter.
Litigation matters for 2013 primarily reflect the benefit resulting from a reserve reduction associated with litigation developments.
Refer to Note 18 - Contingencies and Litigation, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding litigation against the Company.
Loss on Sales of Accounts Receivables: Represents the loss incurred on our sales of accounts receivables. Refer to Sales of Accounts Receivables section below and Note 5 - Accounts Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our sales of receivables.
Deferred Compensation Investment Gains: Represents gains on investments supporting certain of our deferred compensation arrangements. These gains or losses are offset by an increase or decrease, respectively, in compensation expense recorded in SAG in our Services segment as a result of the increase or decrease in the liability associated with these arrangements.
Income Taxes

The 2014 effective tax rate was 21.5% or 24.9% on an adjusted basis1. The adjusted tax rate for 2014 was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a net benefit of approximately 2.4% resulting from the redetermination of certain unrecognized tax positions upon conclusion of several audits, 2.5% from foreign tax credits resulting from actual and anticipated dividends from our foreign subsidiaries, 1.1% from the retroactive impact from the U.S. Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014, and 1.0% from the reversal of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with capital losses as well as the geographical mix of profits.
The 2013 effective tax rate was 20.4% or 23.8% on an adjusted basis1. The adjusted tax rate for 2013 was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to foreign tax credits resulting from actual and anticipated dividends from our foreign subsidiaries, the geographical mix of income and the retroactive tax benefits from the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 tax law change of approximately $19 million. These benefits were partially offset by the

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 39


discrete impact of $12 million for the U.K. corporate income tax rate reduction and the corresponding adjustment to our U.K. deferred tax assets.
The 2012 effective tax rate was 19.9% or 23.4% on an adjusted basis1. The adjusted tax rate for 2012 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to foreign tax credits resulting from anticipated dividends and other foreign transactions as well as the geographical mix of profits. In addition, a net tax benefit from adjustments of certain unrecognized tax positions and deferred tax valuation allowances was offset by a similar impact on deferred tax assets from the 2012 reduction in the U.K. corporate income tax rate.
Xerox operations are widely dispersed. The statutory tax rate in most non U.S. jurisdictions is lower than the combined U.S. and state tax rate. The amount of income subject to these lower foreign rates relative to the amount of U.S. income will impact our effective tax rate. However, no one country outside of the U.S. is a significant factor to our overall effective tax rate. Certain foreign income is subject to U.S. tax net of any available foreign tax credits. Our full year effective tax rate for 2014 includes a benefit of 9.6-percentage points from these non-U.S. operations. Refer to Note 17 - Income and Other Taxes, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the geographic mix of income before taxes and the related impacts on our effective tax rate.
Our effective tax rate is based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors, including the taxation of foreign income. In addition, our effective tax rate will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events (e.g. audit settlements, tax law changes, changes in valuation allowances, etc.) that may not be predictable. Excluding the effects of intangibles amortization and other discrete items, we anticipate that our adjusted effective tax rate will be approximately 25% to 27% for 2015.
 _____________
(1)
See the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section for an explanation of the adjusted effective tax rate non-GAAP financial measure.
Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Total equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
$
160

 
$
169

 
$
152

Fuji Xerox after-tax restructuring costs
3

 
9

 
16

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates primarily reflects our 25% share of Fuji Xerox.
Refer to Note 9 - Investment in Affiliates, at Equity, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our investment in Fuji Xerox.
Net Income From Continuing Operations
Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1,084 million, or $0.90 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis1, net income attributable to Xerox was $1,280 million, or $1.07 per diluted share, and included adjustments for the amortization of intangible assets. The increase in earnings per diluted share reflects a lower average share count as a result of share repurchases over the last three years.
Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1,139 million, or $0.89 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis1, net income attributable to Xerox was $1,328 million, or $1.04 per diluted share, and included adjustments for the amortization of intangible assets.
Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1,152 million, or $0.85 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis1, net income attributable to Xerox was $1,338 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, and included adjustments for the amortization of intangible assets.
_____________
(1)
See the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section for a reconciliation of reported net income from continuing operations to adjusted net income.
Discontinued Operations
Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding Discontinued Operations.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 40


Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Other comprehensive loss attributable to Xerox was $1,380 million in 2014 as compared to income of $448 million in 2013. The decrease of $1,828 million from 2013 is primarily the result of losses of $662 million from changes in our defined benefit plans in 2014 as compared to gains of $632 million in 2013. The benefit plan losses in 2014 are primarily due to a decrease in the discount rates used to measure our benefit obligations in 2014 as compared to an increase in rates in 2013. (Refer to our discussion of Pension Plan Assumptions in the Application of Critical Accounting Policies section of the MD&A as well as Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information). The remainder of the year-over-year decrease in other comprehensive income is related to the $549 million increase in losses from the translation of our foreign currency denominated net assets as a result of the increased weakening in 2014 of our major foreign currencies as compared to the U.S. Dollar.
2013 Other comprehensive income attributable to Xerox of $448 million increased $959 million from 2012. The increase was primarily the result of gains associated with our defined benefit plans due to an increase in the discount rates used to measure our benefit obligations (Refer to our discussion of Pension Plan Assumptions in the Application of Critical Accounting Policies section of the MD&A as well as Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information). These gains were partially offset by losses from the translation of our foreign currency-denominated net assets in 2013 as compared to translation gains in 2012. The translation losses are the result of the weakening of our major foreign currencies against the U.S. Dollar in 2013 as compared to a strengthening of those same currencies in 2012.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and the effects on results of operations and financial conditions.
Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit
Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Services, Document Technology and Other. Revenues by segment for the three years ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:
(in millions)
 
Total Revenue
 
% of Total Revenue
 
Segment Profit (Loss)
 
Segment Margin
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
10,584

 
54
%
 
$
956

 
9.0
 %
Document Technology
 
8,358

 
43
%
 
1,149

 
13.7
 %
Other
 
598

 
3
%
 
(272
)
 
(45.5
)%
Total
 
$
19,540

 
100
%
 
$
1,833

 
9.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
10,479

 
52
%
 
$
1,055

 
10.1
 %
Document Technology
 
8,908

 
45
%
 
964

 
10.8
 %
Other
 
619

 
3
%
 
(217
)
 
(35.1
)%
Total
 
$
20,006

 
100
%
 
$
1,802

 
9.0
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
10,271

 
50
%
 
$
1,091

 
10.6
 %
Document Technology
 
9,462

 
46
%
 
1,065

 
11.3
 %
Other
 
688

 
4
%
 
(254
)
 
(36.9
)%
Total
 
$
20,421

 
100
%
 
$
1,902

 
9.3
 %


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 41


Note: The above table has been revised to reflect the reclassification of the ITO business to Discontinued Operations. Segment profit associated with the ITO business reclassified from the Services segment to Discontinued Operations was $107 million, $100 million and $82 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Services Segment
Our Services segment is comprised of two service offerings: Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) and Document Outsourcing (DO).
Services segment revenues for the three years ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:
 
 
Revenue
 
Change
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
Business processing outsourcing
 
$
7,304

 
$
7,244

 
$
7,162

 
1
%
 
1
%
Document outsourcing
 
3,388

 
3,337

 
3,210

 
2
%
 
4
%
Less: Intra-segment elimination
 
(108
)
 
(102
)
 
(101
)
 
6
%
 
1
%
Total Services Revenue
 
$
10,584

 
$
10,479

 
$
10,271

 
1
%
 
2
%
__________

Note: The above table has been revised to reflect the reclassification of the ITO business to Discontinued Operations. Additionally, 2013 and 2012 BPO revenues have been revised to conform to the 2014 presentation of revenues.
Revenue 2014
Services revenue of $10,584 million increased 1% with no impact from currency.
•
BPO revenue increased 1% and represented 68% of total Services revenue. Growth from acquisitions along with organic growth in commercial healthcare and litigation services as well as growth internationally were partially offset by declines in portions of customer care. In addition, the anticipated declines in the student loan business and the Texas Medicaid contract termination had a combined 2.6-percentage point negative impact on BPO revenue growth and a 1.8-percentage point negative impact on total Services revenue. These negative year-over-year impacts are expected to end in the second half of 2015.
◦
In 2014, BPO revenue mix across the major business areas was as follows: Commercial - 45%; Government and Transportation - 25%; Commercial Healthcare - 18%; and Government Healthcare - 12%.
•
DO revenue increased 2% and represented 32% of total Services revenue. The increase in DO revenue was primarily driven by growth in our partner print services offerings offset by declines in Europe and other markets due to contract run-off and new contract ramp timing.
Segment Margin 2014
Services segment margin of 9.0% decreased 1.1-percentage points from the prior year due primarily to a 1.1-percentage point decline in gross margin, as margin improvements in DO, commercial healthcare, human resources and commercial European businesses were more than offset by decreased margin in government healthcare and government and transportation. Productivity improvements and restructuring benefits were insufficient to offset higher expenses associated with our government healthcare Medicaid and Health Insurance Exchange (HIX) platforms, net non-cash impairment charges for the HIX platform, higher compensation expenses, the anticipated run-off of the student loan business and price declines consistent with prior years. The gross margin decline was partially offset by improvements in SAG reflecting restructuring benefits.
Metrics
Pipeline
Our total Services sales pipeline at December 31, 2014 declined 5% over the prior year. The pipeline has been adjusted to remove the ITO business and to reflect the realignment of our Services go-to-market resources into industry focused business groups. Additionally, the pipeline qualification criteria has been revised. The sales pipeline includes the Total Contract Value (TCV) of new business opportunities that potentially could be contracted within the next six months and excludes business opportunities with estimated annual recurring revenue in excess of $100 million.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 42


Signings
Signings are defined as estimated future revenues from contracts signed during the period, including renewals of existing contracts. Signings were as follows:
Signings were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in billions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012(1)
BPO
 
$
7.6

 
$
8.9

 
$
6.5

DO
 
3.0

 
3.3

 
2.9

Total Signings
 
$
10.6

 
$
12.2

 
$
9.4

_________
(1)
The 2012 BPO and DO signings have been revised to reflect the transfer of our Communication & Marketing Services (CMS) business from DO to BPO in 2013.
Services signings were an estimated $10.6 billion in TCV for 2014 and decreased 13% compared to the prior year. The decrease was driven by a lower level of renewal decision opportunities and lower new business signings which were partially impacted by customer decision delays and a decrease in the average contract length. New business annual recurring revenue (ARR) and non-recurring revenue (NRR) decreased 13% compared to the prior year.
Services signings were an estimated $12.2 billion in TCV for 2013 and increased 29% compared to the prior year. The increase was driven by new business and higher renewals.
Note: The above DO signings amount represents Enterprise signings only and does not include signings from our partner print services offerings, which is driving the revenue growth in DO. TCV is the estimated total contractual revenue related to future contracts in the pipeline or signed contracts, as applicable.
Renewal rate (BPO only)
Renewal rate is defined as the annual recurring revenue (ARR) on contracts that are renewed during the period as a percentage of ARR on all contracts on which a renewal decision was made during the period. Our 2014 renewal rate of 82% was moderately below our target range of 85%-90% and 11-percentage points lower than 2013. Excluding the Texas Medicaid contract loss our renewal rate was 91% for the year. Our 2013 renewal rate of 93% was above our target range of 85%-90% and 8-percentage points higher than 2012.
Revenue 2013
Services revenue of $10,479 million increased 2% with no impact from currency.
•
BPO revenue increased 1% and represented 68% of total Services revenue. Growth in healthcare, human resources and state government businesses were partially offset by lower volumes in portions of our commercial BPO business and the run-off of our government student loan business.
•
DO revenue increased 4% and represented 32% of total Services revenue. The increase in DO revenue was primarily driven by growth in our partner print services offerings as well as higher equipment sales.
Segment Margin 2013
Services segment margin of 10.1% decreased 0.5-percentage points from the prior year primarily due to a decrease in gross margin as increased productivity improvements and restructuring benefits were more than offset by the run-off of the student loan business, higher healthcare platform expenses, the impact of price declines, which were consistent with prior years, and lower volumes. The gross margin decline was partially offset by SAG improvements reflecting restructuring benefits as well as lower compensation-related expenses.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 43


Document Technology Segment
Our Document Technology segment includes the sale of products and supplies, as well as the associated maintenance and financing of those products.
Revenue
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
Equipment sales
 
$
2,482

 
$
2,727

 
$
2,879

 
(9
)%
 
(5
)%
Annuity revenue
 
5,876

 
6,181

 
6,583

 
(5
)%
 
(6
)%
Total Revenue
 
$
8,358

 
$
8,908

 
$
9,462

 
(6
)%
 
(6
)%
Revenue 2014
Document Technology revenue of $8,358 million decreased 6%, with no impact from currency. Document Technology revenues exclude Document Outsourcing. Inclusive of Document Outsourcing, 2014 aggregate document-related revenue decreased 4% from 2013, with no impact from currency. Total revenues include the following:
•
Equipment sales revenue decreased 9% with no impact from currency. The decrease in equipment sales reflects weakness in entry products due to product launch timing, the continued migration of customers to our growing partner print services offering (included in our Services segment), weakness in developing markets due to economic instability and, price declines of approximately 5%. 2013 benefited from the ConnectKey mid-range product launch, and the refresh cycle for several large accounts. Equipment sales in 2014 were negatively impacted by lower sales in Russia due to economic instability.
•
Annuity revenue decreased by 5%, with no impact from currency. The decrease reflects a modest decline in total pages, weakness in developing markets and entry products due to product launch timing, a continued decline in financing revenue as a result of prior period sales of finance receivables and lower receivables balance due to lower originations. The overall decrease in Financing revenue from prior year contributed 1-percentage point to the Annuity revenue decline and 1-percentage point impact to the overall Document Technology revenue decline. Annuity revenue was also impacted by the continued migration of customers to our partner print services offerings (included in our Services segment). Total digital page volumes declined 4% despite a 2% increase in digital MIF.

Document Technology revenue mix was 20% entry, 57% mid-range and 23% high-end.
Segment Margin 2014
Document Technology segment margin of 13.7% increased 2.9-percentage points from prior year. The increase was primarily driven by a 1.5-percentage point increase in gross margin as the benefits from restructuring and productivity, lower pension expense, and favorable currency on Yen-based purchases and revenue mix more than offset moderate price declines and the impact of lower financing revenues. SAG decreased as a percent of revenue as lower pension and bad debt expense as well as benefits from restructuring and productivity improvements more than offset the impact of overall lower revenues.

Total revenue for Document Technology is expected to decline 4 to 5% in 2015, excluding the impact of currency, as projected declines in black-and-white printing are only partially offset by growth in color printing and in the graphic communications and SMB markets. The expected 2015 revenue decline for the Document Technology segment is consistent with the trend we have experienced for this segment over the past three years as we continue to transform the Company from a technology-based equipment company to a document outsourcing services-based entity and customers continue to migrate their business to more services-based offerings. These services-based offerings are reported within our Services segment. This business is also heavily impacted by price and page declines, which are secular declines being experienced across the industry. Although annual revenue declines are expected to continue in 2015, we believe the declines in revenues will moderate in future years. We expect to manage the profitability impact of any revenue declines through measures to improve productivity and reduce costs and expenses.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 44


Installs 2014
Entry
We launched a total of twelve new Entry products in 2014, with a majority of them not available until late in the third quarter and early in the fourth quarter. The benefits of these launches and other Entry go-to-market investments are still ramping, and trends in color printers and multifunction devices are improving. Higher declines in Eurasia due to economic instability are partially offsetting these improvements.

•
7% decrease in color multifunction devices
•
Entry color printers flat
•
23% decrease in entry black-and-white multifunction devices driven by declines in all geographies.

Mid-Range
•
1% increase in installs of mid-range color devices reflects benefits from the newly launched WorkCentre 7970 and entry production devices partially offset by timing of large account sales
•
13% decrease in installs of mid-range black-and-white devices is consistent with overall market declines
High-End
•
7% decrease in installs of high-end color systems. Excluding Fuji Xerox growth in digital front-end (DFE) sales, high-end color installs increased 6% with growth in iGen and the new Versant product.
•
13% decrease in installs of high-end black-and-white systems, reflecting continued declines in the overall market.
Install activity percentages include installations for Document Outsourcing and the Xerox-branded product shipments to GIS. Descriptions of “Entry”, “Mid-Range” and “High-End” are defined in Note 2 - Segment Reporting, in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue 2013
Document Technology revenue of $8,908 million decreased 6%, with no impact from currency. Total revenues include the following:
•
5% decrease in equipment sales revenue, with a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. Equipment sales benefited from our 2013 mid-range product refresh, growth and acquisitions in the small and mid-size business market and increased demand for color digital production presses. These benefits were more than offset by the continued migration of customers to managed print services and our growing partner print services offerings (included in our Services segment), weakness in developing markets and price declines, which were in the historical 5% to 10% range.
•
6% decrease in annuity revenue, with no impact from currency driven by a modest decline in total pages, the reduction in channel supplies inventory levels, lower sales in developing markets and a decline in financing revenue as a result of prior period sales of finance receivables and lower originations. Annuity revenue was also impacted by the continued migration of customers to our partner print services offerings (included in our Services segment). Total digital page volumes declined 2% despite a 3% increase in digital MIF.
•
Document Technology revenue mix was 21% entry, 58% mid-range and 21% high-end.
Segment Margin 2013
Document Technology segment margin of 10.8% decreased 0.5-percentage points from prior year. The decline was primarily driven by an increase in SAG as a percent of revenue due to the overall impact of lower revenue and higher pension settlement losses which were only partially offset by restructuring savings, productivity improvements and lower compensation-related expenses.
Installs 2013
Entry
•
24% increase in color multifunction devices driven by demand for the recently introduced WorkCentre® 6605, WorkCentre® 6015 and ColorQube® 8700/8900
•
5% increase in color printers driven by demand for the Phaser® 6600 family of products as well as an increase in sales to OEM partners.
•
20% decrease in entry black-and-white multifunction devices driven by declines in all geographies.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 45


Mid-Range
•
8% increase in installs of mid-range color devices driven by demand for the ConnectKey® enabled products.
•
3% decrease in installs of mid-range black-and-white devices.
High-End
•
43% increase in installs of high-end color systems driven by growth in the sale of digital front-ends (DFE's) to Fuji Xerox, as well as strong customer demand for the Color J75 Press and iGen® as we continue to strengthen our market leadership in the Production Color segment. High-end color installs increased 7%, excluding the DFE sales to Fuji Xerox.
•
8% decrease in installs of high-end black-and-white systems, reflecting continued declines in the overall market.
Other Segment
Revenue 2014
Other segment revenue of $598 million decreased 3%, with no impact from currency, due to lower licensing and patent sale revenues as well as lower wide format systems revenue. Total paper revenue (all within developing markets) comprised approximately one-third of the Other segment revenue.

Segment Loss 2014
Other segment loss of $272 million, increased $55 million from the prior year, primarily driven by lower gains from the sale of surplus properties, increased currency losses, higher legal reserves and lower licensing and patent revenues. Non-financing interest expense as well as all Other expenses, net (excluding deferred compensation investment gains and losses) are reported within the Other segment.
Revenue 2013
Other segment revenue of $619 million decreased 10%, with no impact from currency, due to lower wide format systems revenue, lower sales of electronic presentation systems, lower developing market paper sales and lower licensing revenue. Total paper revenue (all within developing markets) comprised approximately one-third of the Other segment revenue.

Segment Loss 2013
Other segment loss of $217 million, was $37 million lower than the prior year, primarily driven by gains on the sale of businesses and assets, partially offset by lower revenues. Non-financing interest expense as well as all Other expenses, net (excluding deferred compensation investment gains) are reported within the Other segment.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 46


Discontinued Operations

Detailed below are the revised results for the Services, Document Technology, Other and Total Segment by quarter for 2014 and 2013 as well as for the full-year 2012 as a result of Discontinued Operations in 2014. These revisions reflect the pending sale of our ITO business as well as other smaller divestitures. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding Discontinued Operations.
 
 
2014
(in millions)
 
Q1
 
Q2
 
Q3
 
Q4
 
Full Year
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
2,585

 
$
2,651

 
$
2,623

 
$
2,725

 
10,584

Document Technology
 
2,044

 
2,126

 
2,029

 
2,159

 
8,358

Other
 
142

 
164

 
143

 
149

 
598

Total Revenues
 
$
4,771

 
$
4,941

 
$
4,795

 
$
5,033

 
$
19,540

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Profit (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
222

 
$
226

 
$
240

 
$
268

 
956

Document Technology
 
249

 
306

 
284

 
310

 
1,149

Other
 
(50
)
 
(75
)
 
(82
)
 
(65
)
 
(272
)
Total Segment Profit
 
$
421

 
$
457

 
$
442

 
$
513

 
$
1,833

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Margin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
8.6
 %
 
8.5
 %
 
9.1
 %
 
9.8
 %
 
9.0
 %
Document Technology
 
12.2
 %
 
14.4
 %
 
14.0
 %
 
14.4
 %
 
13.7
 %
Other
 
(35.2
)%
 
(45.7
)%
 
(57.3
)%
 
(43.6
)%
 
(45.5
)%
Total Segment Margin
 
8.8
 %
 
9.2
 %
 
9.2
 %
 
10.2
 %
 
9.4
 %

 
 
2012
 
2013
(in millions)
 
Full Year
 
Q1
 
Q2
 
Q3
 
Q4
 
Full Year
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
10,271

 
$
2,584

 
$
2,613

 
$
2,596

 
$
2,686

 
$
10,479

Document Technology
 
9,462

 
2,135

 
2,263

 
2,159

 
2,351

 
8,908

Other
 
688

 
138

 
166

 
145

 
170

 
619

Total Revenues
 
$
20,421

 
$
4,857

 
$
5,042

 
$
4,900

 
$
5,207

 
$
20,006

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Profit (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
$
1,091

 
$
250

 
$
276

 
$
268

 
$
261

 
$
1,055

Document Technology
 
1,065

 
186

 
245

 
260

 
273

 
964

Other
 
(254
)
 
(68
)
 
(61
)
 
(54
)
 
(34
)
 
(217
)
Total Segment Profit
 
$
1,902

 
$
368

 
$
460

 
$
474

 
$
500

 
$
1,802

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Margin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services
 
10.6
 %
 
9.7
 %
 
10.6
 %
 
10.3
 %
 
9.7
 %
 
10.1
 %
Document Technology
 
11.3
 %
 
8.7
 %
 
10.8
 %
 
12.0
 %
 
11.6
 %
 
10.8
 %
Other
 
(36.9
)%
 
(49.3
)%
 
(36.7
)%
 
(37.2
)%
 
(20.0
)%
 
(35.1
)%
Total Segment Margin
 
9.3
 %
 
7.6
 %
 
9.1
 %
 
9.7
 %
 
9.6
 %
 
9.0
 %




Xerox 2014 Annual Report 47


Capital Resources and Liquidity
Our liquidity is primarily dependent on our ability to continue to generate strong cash flows from operations. Additional liquidity is also provided through access to the financial capital markets, including the Commercial Paper market, as well as a committed global credit facility. The following is a summary of our liquidity position:

•
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, total cash and cash equivalents were $1,411 million and $1,764 million, respectively, and there was $150 million and $0 million of borrowings under our Commercial Paper Program, respectively. There were no borrowings or letters of credit under our $2 billion Credit Facility at either year end. The decrease in our cash balance in 2014 is primarily due to increased acquisitions and share repurchases. Refer to the Cash Flow Analysis section below.
•
Over the past three years we have consistently delivered strong cash flows from operations driven by the strength of our annuity-based revenue model. Cash flows from operations was $2,063 million, $2,375 million and $2,580 million in each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2014, respectively. Cash flows from operations reflect the cash impacts from the sales of finance receivables - refer to Sales of Finance Receivables within this section.
•
We expect cash flows from operations to be between $1.7 and $1.9 billion in 2015, which takes into consideration approximately $300 million from the adverse impact of prior period sales of finance receivables as well as the pending sale of our ITO business, which we expect to close in the first half of 2015.
 
Cash Flow Analysis

The following summarizes our cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2014, as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
(in millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
2,063

 
$
2,375

 
$
2,580

 
$
(312
)
 
$
(205
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(703
)
 
(452
)
 
(761
)
 
(251
)
 
309

Net cash used in financing activities
(1,624
)
 
(1,402
)
 
(1,472
)
 
(222
)
 
70

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(89
)
 
(3
)
 
(3
)
 
(86
)
 
—

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(353
)
 
518

 
344

 
(871
)
 
174

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
1,764

 
1,246

 
902

 
518

 
344

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
$
1,411

 
$
1,764

 
$
1,246

 
$
(353
)
 
$
518

Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $2,063 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The $312 million decrease in operating cash from 2013 was primarily due to the following:
•
$598 million decrease from finance receivables primarily related to the impact from prior period sales of receivables partially offset by higher net run-off due to lower lease originations. Refer to Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the sale of finance receivables.
•
$54 million decrease due to higher contributions to our defined benefit pension plans.
•
$157 million increase due to higher accounts payable and accrued compensation primarily related to the timing of accounts payable payments and improved payment terms with key suppliers.
•
$92 million increase from accounts receivable primarily due to the timing of collections and improved collections partially offset by the impact from quarterly revenue changes.
•
$42 million increase from lower spending for product software and up-front costs for outsourcing service contracts.
•
$34 million increase due to lower net income tax payments primarily due to refunds in 2014 from prior years.
•
$20 million increase from lower installs of equipment on operating leases.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2,375 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $205 million decrease in operating cash from 2012 was primarily due to the following:
•
$105 million decrease in pre-tax income before net gain on sales of businesses and assets and restructuring.
•
$307 million decrease due to lower net run-off of finance receivables of $280 million and higher equipment on operating leases of $27 million. The lower net run-off of finance receivables was primarily related to the impact

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 48


from the receivables sales. Refer to Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the sale of finance receivables.
•
$149 million decrease due to lower accounts payable and accrued compensation primarily related to the timing of accounts payable payments.
•
$38 million decrease due higher growth in inventory reflecting the launch of new products.
•
$22 million decrease due to the timing of settlements of our foreign currency derivative contracts. These derivatives primarily relate to hedges of Yen inventory purchases.
•
$18 million decrease due to higher net income tax payments.
•
$212 million increase from accounts receivable primarily due to lower revenues partially offset by a reduction in the use of accelerated collection programs such as early pay discounts.
•
$134 million increase due to lower contributions to our defined benefit pension plans. This was in line with expectations.
•
$106 million increase from lower spending for product software and up-front costs for outsourcing service contracts.

Cash flow from operations in 2014 and 2013, include approximately $145 million and $130 million, respectively, of cash flows from our ITO business which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $703 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The $251 million increase in the use of cash from 2013 was primarily due to the following:
•
$185 million increase in acquisitions. 2014 acquisitions include ISG Holdings, Inc. for $225 million, Invoco Holding GmbH for $54 million, Consilience Software, Inc. for $25 million and three smaller acquisitions for $36 million. 2013 acquisitions include Zeno Office Solutions, Inc. for $59 million, Impika for $53 million and four smaller acquisitions totaling $43 million.
•
$32 million increase primarily due to lower proceeds from the sale of assets. 2014 includes proceeds from the sale of surplus facilities in Latin America of $42 million. 2013 includes proceeds from the sale of a U.S. facility of $38 million and the sale of portions of our Wilsonville, Oregon operation and related assets of $33 million.
•
$25 million increase due to higher capital expenditures (including internal use software).

Net cash used in investing activities was $452 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $309 million decrease in the use of cash from 2012 was primarily due to the following:
•
$121 million decrease in acquisitions. 2013 acquisitions include Zeno Office Solutions, Inc. for $59 million, Impika for $53 million and four smaller acquisitions totaling $43 million. 2012 acquisitions include Wireless Data for $95 million, RK Dixon for $58 million as well as seven smaller acquisitions totaling $123 million.
•
$86 million decrease due to lower capital expenditures (including internal use software).
•
$77 million decrease primarily due to $38 million of proceeds from the sale of a U.S. facility and $33 million of proceeds from the sale of portions of our Wilsonville, Oregon operation and related assets.
•
$26 million decrease due to proceeds from the sale of the North American and European Paper businesses.

Capital expenditures (including internal use software) in 2014 and 2013, include approximately $100 million in each year associated with our ITO business which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $1,624 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The $222 million increase in the use of cash from 2013 was primarily due to the following:
•
$375 million increase from share repurchases.
•
$69 million increase due to lower proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our incentive stock plans.
•
$48 million increase due to higher common stock dividends of $17 million as well as distributions to noncontrolling interests of $31 million.
•
$259 million decrease from net debt activity. 2014 reflects payments of $1,050 million on Senior Notes offset by net proceeds of $700 million from the issuance of Senior Notes and an increase of $150 million in Commercial Paper. 2013 reflects payments of $1 billion of Senior Notes offset by net proceeds of $500 million from the issuance of Senior Notes and $39 million from the sale and capital leaseback of a building in the U.S.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 49


Net cash used in financing activities was $1,402 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $70 million decrease in the use of cash from 2012 was primarily due to the following:
•
$356 million decrease from lower share repurchases.
•
$80 million decrease due to higher proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our incentive stock plans.
•
$326 million increase from net debt activity. 2013 reflects payments of $1 billion of Senior Notes offset by net proceeds of $500 million from the issuance of Senior Notes and $39 million from the sale and capital leaseback of a building in the U.S. 2012 reflects net proceeds of $1.1 billion from the issuance of Senior Notes offset by net payments on Senior Notes of $1.1 billion and a decrease of $100 million in Commercial Paper.
•
$41 million increase due to higher common stock dividends.
Customer Financing Activities
We provide lease equipment financing to our customers, primarily in our Document Technology segment. Our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation. Our investment in these contracts is reflected in Total finance assets, net. We primarily fund our customer financing activity through cash generated from operations, cash on hand, commercial paper borrowings, sales and securitizations of finance receivables and proceeds from capital markets offerings.

We have arrangements in certain international countries and domestically with our small and mid-sized customers, where third-party financial institutions independently provide lease financing directly to our customers, on a non-recourse basis to Xerox. In these arrangements, we sell and transfer title of the equipment to these financial institutions. Generally, we have no continuing ownership rights in the equipment subsequent to its sale; therefore, the unrelated third-party finance receivable and debt are not included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following represents our Total finance assets, net associated with our lease and finance operations:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
Total Finance receivables, net(1)
 
$
4,254

 
$
4,530

Equipment on operating leases, net
 
525

 
559

Total Finance Assets, Net (2)
 
$
4,779

 
$
5,089

_________
(1)
Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2)
The change from December 31, 2013 includes a decrease of $282 million due to currency across all Finance Assets.
We maintain a certain level of debt, referred to as financing debt, to support our investment in these lease contracts or Total finance assets, net. We maintain this financing debt at an assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our Total finance assets, net for this financing aspect of our business. Based on this leverage, the following represents the allocation of our total debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013 between financing debt and core debt:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
Financing debt(1)
 
$
4,182

 
$
4,453

Core debt
 
3,559

 
3,568

Total Debt
 
$
7,741

 
$
8,021

_________
(1)
Financing debt includes $3,722 million and $3,964 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, of debt associated with Total finance receivables, net and is the basis for our calculation of “Equipment financing interest” expense. The remainder of the financing debt is associated with Equipment on operating leases.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 50


In 2015, we expect to continue the leveraging of our finance assets at an assumed 7:1 ratio of debt to equity. The following summarizes our total debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
Principal debt balance(1)
 
$
7,722

 
$
7,979

Net unamortized discount
 
(54
)
 
(58
)
Fair value adjustments(2)
 
 
 
 
   - terminated swaps
 
68

 
100

   - current swaps
 
5

 
—

Total Debt
 
$
7,741

 
$
8,021

_________
(1)
Balance at December 31, 2014 and 2013 includes $1 million and $5 million of Notes Payable and $150 million and $0 of Commercial Paper, respectively.
(2)
Fair value adjustments include the following: (i) fair value adjustments to debt associated with terminated interest rate swaps, which are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related notes; and (ii) changes in fair value of hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates. Hedge accounting requires hedged debt instruments to be reported inclusive of any fair value adjustment.

Total debt of $7,741 million excludes $75 million of capital lease obligations related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this pending sale

Sales of Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable sales arrangements are utilized in the normal course of business as part of our cash and liquidity management. We have financial facilities in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell certain accounts receivables without recourse to third-parties. The accounts receivables sold are generally short-term trade receivables with payment due dates of less than 60 days.

Accounts receivable sales were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Accounts receivable sales
 
$
2,906

 
$
3,401

 
$
3,699

Deferred proceeds
 
387

 
486

 
639

Loss on sale of accounts receivable
 
15

 
17

 
21

Estimated decrease to operating cash flows(1)
 
(68
)
 
(55
)
 
(78
)
__________
(1)
Represents the difference between current and prior year fourth quarter receivable sales adjusted for the effects of: (i) the deferred proceeds, (ii) collections prior to the end of the year, and (iii) currency.
Refer to Note 5 - Accounts Receivable, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Sales of Finance Receivables

In 2013 and 2012, we transferred our entire interest in certain groups of lease finance receivables to third-party entities. The transfers were accounted for as sales and resulted in the de-recognition of lease receivables with a net carrying value of $676 million in 2013 and $682 million in 2012, and associated pre-tax gains of $40 million and $44 million, respectively. We continue to service the sold receivables and record servicing fee income over the expected life of the associated receivables.

Refer to Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 51


The net impact on operating cash flows from the sales of finance receivables is summarized below
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net cash received for sales of finance receivables(1)
 
$
—

 
$
631

 
$
625

Impact from prior sales of finance receivables(2)
 
(527
)
 
(392
)
 
(45
)
Collections on beneficial interest
 
94

 
58

 
—

Estimated (Decrease) Increase to Operating Cash Flows
 
$
(433
)
 
$
297

 
$
580

__________
(1)
Net of beneficial interest, fees and expenses.
(2)
Represents cash that would have been collected if we had not sold finance receivables.

Capital Market Activity

Credit Facility
On March 18, 2014, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that extended the maturity date of our $2.0 billion unsecured revolving Credit Facility to March 18, 2019 from December 2016. The amendment also included modest improvements in pricing and minor changes in the composition of the group of lenders. The amended and restated Credit Facility contains a $300 million letter of credit sub-facility and the accordion feature that would allow us to increase (from time to time, with willing lenders) the overall size of the facility up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.75 billion. We also have the right to request a one year extension on each of the first and second anniversary of the amendment date.

At December 31, 2014 we had no outstanding borrowings or letters of credit under our Credit Facility.

Refer to Note 13 - Debt in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Senior Notes
In May 2014, we issued $400 million of 2.8% Senior Notes due 2020 (the "2020 Senior Notes") at 99.956% of par and $300 million of 3.8% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "2024 Senior Notes") at 99.669% of par, resulting in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $700 million. Interest on the Senior Notes are payable semi-annually. The proceeds were used for general corporate purposes which included repayment of a portion of our outstanding borrowings.

Refer to Note 13 - Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our debt.

Financial Instruments
Refer to Note 14 - Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments.

Share Repurchase Programs - Treasury Stock
During 2014, we repurchased 86.5 million shares of our common stock for an aggregate cost of $1.1 billion, including fees. In November 2014, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $1.5 billion in share repurchases bringing the total cumulative authorization to $8.0 billion.

Through February 19, 2015, we repurchased an additional 9.2 million shares at an aggregate cost of $125.8 million, including fees, for total program repurchases of 589.3 million shares at a cost of $6.6 billion, including fees.

We expect total share repurchases of approximately $1 billion in 2015.

Refer to Note 20 - Shareholders’ Equity – Treasury Stock in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our share repurchase programs.

Dividends
The Board of Directors declared aggregate dividends of $293 million, $287 million and $226 million on common stock in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in 2014 as compared to prior years is primarily due to the increase in the quarterly dividend to 6.25 cents per share in 2014 partially offset by a lower level of outstanding shares as a result of the repurchase of shares under our share repurchase programs.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 52



The Board of Directors declared aggregate dividends of $24 million on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2014. The preferred shares were issued in 2010 in connection with the acquisition of ACS.

In January 2015, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company's quarterly cash dividend from 6.25 cents per share to 7.00 cents per share, beginning with the dividend payable on April 30, 2015.
Liquidity and Financial Flexibility
We manage our worldwide liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which we are a party and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to maintain and provide cash management services.

Our principal debt maturities are in line with historical and projected cash flows and are spread over the next ten years as follows (in millions):
Year
 
Amount
2015 (1)
 
$
1,458

2016
 
998

2017
 
1,037

2018
 
1,023

2019
 
1,158

2020
 
406

2021
 
1,067

2022
 
—

2023
 
—

2024 and thereafter
 
650

Total (2)
 
$
7,797

______________
(1)
Includes $1 million of Notes Payable and $150 million of Commercial Paper.
(2)
Includes payments of $75 million on capital lease obligations related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Foreign Cash
At December 31, 2014, we had $1.4 billion of cash and cash equivalents on a consolidated basis. Of that amount, approximately $600 million was held outside the U.S. by our foreign subsidiaries to fund future working capital, investment and financing needs of our foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, we have asserted that such funds are indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.

We believe we have sufficient levels of cash and cash flows to support our domestic requirements. However, if the cash held by our foreign subsidiaries was needed to fund our U.S. requirements, there would not be a significant tax liability associated with the repatriation, as any U.S. liability would be reduced by the foreign tax credits associated with the repatriated earnings.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 53


However, our determination above is based on the assumption that only the cash held outside the U.S. would be repatriated as a result of an unanticipated or unique domestic need. It does not assume repatriation of the entire amount of indefinitely reinvested earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. As disclosed in Note 17- Income and Other Taxes in our Consolidated Financial Statements, we have not estimated the potential tax consequences associated with the repatriation of the entire amount of our foreign earnings indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. We do not believe it is practical to calculate the potential tax impact, as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to determining the amount of foreign tax credits as well as any additional local withholding tax and other indirect tax consequences that may arise from the distribution of these earnings. In addition, because such earnings have been indefinitely reinvested in our foreign operations, repatriation would require liquidation of those investments or a recapitalization of our foreign subsidiaries, the impacts and effects of which are not readily determinable.
Loan Covenants and Compliance
At December 31, 2014, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of our Credit Facility and Senior Notes. We have the right to terminate the Credit Facility without penalty. Failure to comply with material provisions or covenants of the Credit Facility and Senior Notes could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations and our ability to continue to fund our customers' purchase of Xerox equipment.
Refer to Note 13 - Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding debt arrangements.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies
At December 31, 2014, we had the following contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and contingencies:
(in millions) 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations(1)
 
$
1,458

 
$
998

 
$
1,037

 
$
1,023

 
$
1,158

 
$
2,123

Interest on debt(1)
 
330

 
270

 
214

 
168

 
132

 
592

Minimum operating lease commitments(2) 
 
586

 
390

 
188

 
112

 
85

 
57

Defined benefit pension plans
 
340

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Retiree health payments
 
71

 
70

 
70

 
69

 
68

 
323

Estimated Purchase Commitments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fuji Xerox(3)
 
1,831

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Flextronics(4)
 
452

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Other(5)
 
182

 
236

 
106

 
69

 
65

 
25

Total
 
$
5,250

 
$
1,964

 
$
1,615

 
$
1,441

 
$
1,508

 
$
3,120

_______________
(1)
Total debt for 2015 includes $1 million of Notes Payable and $150 million of commercial paper as well as payments on capital lease obligations related to our ITO business. Refer to Note 13 - Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding debt and interest on debt.
(2)
Refer to Note 8 - Land, Buildings, Equipment and Software, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to minimum operating lease commitments, including payments on operating lease related to our ITO business.
(3)
Fuji Xerox: The amount included in the table reflects our estimate of purchases over the next year and is not a contractual commitment.
(4)
Flextronics: We outsource certain manufacturing activities to Flextronics. The amount included in the table reflects our estimate of purchases over the next year and is not a contractual commitment. In the past two years, actual purchases from Flextronics averaged approximately $525 million per year.
(5)
Other purchase commitments: We enter into other purchase commitments with vendors in the ordinary course of business. Our policy with respect to all purchase commitments is to record losses, if any, when they are probable and reasonably estimable. We currently do not have, nor do we anticipate, material loss contracts. Other purchase commitments include $2 million and $6 million for 2015 and 2016, respectively, related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefit Plans
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans and retiree health plans that require periodic cash contributions. Our 2014 cash contributions for these plans were $284 million for our defined benefit pension plans and $70 million for our retiree health plans. In 2015, based on current actuarial calculations, we expect to make contributions of approximately $340 million to our worldwide defined benefit pension plans and approximately $71 million to our retiree health benefit plans.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 54



Contributions to our defined benefit pension plans in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors, including the investment performance of plan assets and discount rates as well as potential legislative and plan changes. At December 31, 2014, the underfunded balance of our U.S. and Non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $1,590 million and $1,078 million, respectively.
Our retiree health benefit plans are non-funded and are almost entirely related to domestic operations. Cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred during the year. The amounts reported in the above table as retiree health payments represent our estimate of future benefit payments.
Refer to Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding contributions to our defined benefit pension and post-retirement plans.
Fuji Xerox
We purchased products, including parts and supplies, from Fuji Xerox totaling $1.8 billion, $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are entered into in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. Related party transactions with Fuji Xerox are discussed in Note 9 - Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies
Our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes, as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our positions. Based on the opinion of legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. As of December 31, 2014, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of related interest, amounted to approximately $817 million, with the decrease from December 31, 2013 balance of approximately $933 million, primarily related to currency and closed cases partially offset by interest. With respect to the unreserved balance of $817 million, the majority has been assessed by management as being remote as to the likelihood of ultimately resulting in a loss to the Company. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2014, we had $135 million of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing, and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $18 million and additional letters of credit of approximately $244 million, which include associated indexation. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable.
Other Contingencies and Commitments
As more fully discussed in Note 18 - Contingencies and Litigation in the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning: securities law; governmental entity contracting, servicing and procurement law; intellectual property law; environmental law; employment law; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA); and other laws and regulations. In addition, guarantees, indemnifications and claims may arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and non-consolidated affiliates. Nonperformance under a contract including a guarantee, indemnification or claim could trigger an obligation of the Company.

We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Should developments in any of these areas cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 55


Unrecognized Tax Benefits
As of December 31, 2014, we had $240 million of unrecognized tax benefits. This represents the tax benefits associated with various tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, on domestic and foreign tax returns that have not been recognized in our financial statements due to uncertainty regarding their resolution. The resolution or settlement of these tax positions with the taxing authorities is at various stages and therefore we are unable to make a reliable estimate of the eventual cash flows by period that may be required to settle these matters. In addition, certain of these matters may not require cash settlement due to the existence of credit and net operating loss carryforwards, as well as other offsets, including the indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions that may be available.
Refer to Note 17 - Income and Other Taxes in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding unrecognized tax benefits.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We may occasionally utilize off-balance sheet arrangements in our operations (as defined by the SEC Financial Reporting Release 67 (FRR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations”). We enter into the following arrangements that have off-balance sheet elements:

•
Operating leases in the normal course of business. The nature of these lease arrangements is discussed in Note 8 - Land, Buildings, Equipment and Software, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
•
We have facilities, primarily in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell to third-parties certain accounts receivable without recourse. In most instances, a portion of the sales proceeds are held back by the purchaser and payment is deferred until collection of the related sold receivables. Refer to Note 5 - Accounts Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these facilities.

•
During 2013 and 2012, we entered into arrangements to transfer and sell our entire interest in certain groups of finance receivables where we received cash and beneficial interests from the third-party purchaser. Refer to Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these sales. There were no sales of Finance Receivables in 2014.

At December 31, 2014, we do not believe we have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
In addition, see the table above for the Company's contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and Note 18 - Contingencies and Litigation in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding contingencies, guarantees, indemnifications and warranty liabilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We have reported our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). In addition, we have discussed our results using non-GAAP measures.
Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional means of analyzing the current periods’ results against the corresponding prior periods’ results. However, these non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable GAAP measures and should be read only in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our management regularly uses our supplemental non-GAAP financial measures internally to understand, manage and evaluate our business and make operating decisions. These non-GAAP measures are among the primary factors management uses in planning for and forecasting future periods. Compensation of our executives is based in part on the performance of our business based on these non-GAAP measures.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 56


A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures and the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are set forth on the following tables.
Adjusted Earnings Measures
To better understand the trends in our business, we believe it is necessary to adjust the following amounts determined in accordance with GAAP to exclude the effects of the certain items as well as their related income tax effects.
 
•
Net income and Earnings per share (EPS), and
•
Effective tax rate.

The above have been adjusted for the following items:
 
•
Amortization of intangible assets (all periods): The amortization of intangible assets is driven by our acquisition activity which can vary in size, nature and timing as compared to other companies within our industry and from period to period. Accordingly, due to the incomparability of acquisition activity among companies and from period to period, we believe exclusion of the amortization associated with intangible assets acquired through our acquisitions allows investors to better compare and understand our results. The use of intangible assets contributed to our revenues earned during the periods presented and will contribute to our future period revenues as well. Amortization of intangible assets will recur in future periods.

•
Other discrete, unusual or infrequent costs and expenses: In addition, we occasionally may also exclude additional items given the discrete, unusual or infrequent nature of the item on our results of operations for the period. We believe the exclusion of these items allow investors to better understand and analyze the results for the period as compared to prior periods as well as expected trends in our business.

Adjustments for 2014, 2013 and 2012 earnings were limited to the amortization of intangible assets.

We also calculate and utilize an Operating income and margin earnings measure by adjusting our pre-tax income and margin amounts to exclude certain items. In addition to the amortization of intangible assets, operating income and margin also exclude Other expenses, net as well as Restructuring and asset impairment charges. Other expenses, net is primarily comprised of non-financing interest expense and also includes certain other non-operating items. Restructuring and asset impairment charges consist of costs primarily related to severance and benefits for employees pursuant to formal restructuring and workforce reduction plans. Such charges are expected to yield future benefits and savings with respect to our operational performance. We exclude all of these amounts in order to evaluate our current and past operating performance and to better understand the expected future trends in our business.
Net Income and EPS reconciliation:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
(in millions; except per share amounts)
 
Net Income
 
EPS
 
Net Income
 
EPS
 
Net Income
 
EPS
As Reported(1)
 
$
1,084

 
$
0.90

 
$
1,139

 
$
0.89

 
$
1,152

 
$
0.85

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
196

 
0.17

 
189

 
0.15

 
186

 
0.14

Adjusted
 
$
1,280

 
$
1.07

 
$
1,328

 
$
1.04

 
$
1,338

 
$
0.99

Weighted average shares for adjusted EPS(2)
 
1,199

 
 
 
1,274

 
 
 
1,356

 
 
Fully diluted shares at December 31, 2014(3)
 
1,159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ___________
(1)
Net income and EPS from continuing operations attributable to Xerox.
(2)
Average shares for the calculation of adjusted EPS include 27 million shares associated with the Series A convertible preferred stock and therefore the related annual dividend was excluded.
(3)
Represents common shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 as well as shares associated with our Series A convertible preferred stock plus dilutive potential common shares as used for the calculation of diluted earnings per share in the fourth quarter 2014.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 57



Effective Tax reconciliation:
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
(in millions)
 
Pre-Tax
Income
 
Income Tax
Expense
 
Effective
Tax Rate
 
Pre-Tax Income
 
Income Tax
Expense
 
Effective
Tax Rate
 
Pre-Tax Income
 
Income Tax
Expense
 
Effective
Tax Rate
As Reported(1)
 
$
1,206

 
$
259

 
21.5
%
 
$
1,243

 
$
253

 
20.4
%
 
$
1,284

 
$
256

 
19.9
%
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
315

 
119

 
 
 
305

 
116

 
 
 
301

 
115

 
 
Adjusted
 
$
1,521

 
$
378

 
24.9
%
 
$
1,548

 
$
369

 
23.8
%
 
$
1,585

 
$
371

 
23.4
%
 __________
(1)
Pre-tax income and income tax expense from continuing operations attributable to Xerox.

Operating Income / Margin reconciliation:
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
(in millions)
 
Profit
 
Revenue
 
Margin
 
Profit
 
Revenue
 
Margin
 
Profit
 
Revenue
 
Margin
Reported Pre-tax Income(1)
 
$
1,206

 
$
19,540

 
6.2
%
 
$
1,243

 
$
20,006

 
6.2
%
 
$
1,284

 
$
20,421

 
6.3
%
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
315

 
 
 
 
 
305

 
 
 
 
 
301

 
 
 
 
Xerox restructuring charge
 
128

 
 
 
 
 
115

 
 
 
 
 
149

 
 
 
 
Other expenses, net
 
232

 
 
 
 
 
146

 
 
 
 
 
257

 
 
 
 
Adjusted Operating Income / Margin
 
1,881

 
19,540

 
9.6
%
 
1,809

 
20,006

 
9.0
%
 
1,991

 
20,421

 
9.7
%
Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
160

 
 
 
 
 
169

 
 
 
 
 
152

 
 
 
 
Business transformation costs(2)
 
21

 
 
 
 
 
—

 
 
 
 
 
—

 
 
 
 
Fuji Xerox restructuring charge
 
3

 
 
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
 
Litigation matters
 
—

 
 
 
 
 
(37
)
 
 
 
 
 
—

 
 
 
 
Other expense, net*
 
(232
)
 
 
 
 
 
(148
)
 
 
 
 
 
(257
)
 
 
 
 
Segment Profit / Margin
 
$
1,833

 
$
19,540

 
9.4
%
 
$
1,802

 
$
20,006

 
9.0
%
 
$
1,902

 
$
20,421

 
9.3
%
 ____________
* Includes rounding adjustments.
(1)
Profit and revenue from continuing operations attributable to Xerox.
(2)
Business transformation costs represent incremental costs incurred directly in support of our business transformation and restructuring initiatives such as compensation costs for overlapping staff, consulting costs and training costs.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management
 
We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We utilized derivative financial instruments to hedge economic exposures, as well as reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates.

Recent market events have not caused us to materially modify or change our financial risk management strategies with respect to our exposures to interest rate and foreign currency risk. Refer to Note 14 - Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on our financial risk management.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 58


Foreign Exchange Risk Management

Assuming a 10% appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2014, the potential change in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities in each entity would not be significant because all material currency asset and liability exposures were economically hedged as of December 31, 2014. A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. Dollar against all currencies from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2014 would have an impact on our cumulative translation adjustment portion of equity of approximately $637 million. The net amount invested in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, primarily Xerox Limited, Fuji Xerox and Xerox Canada Inc. and translated into U.S. Dollars using the year-end exchange rates, was approximately $6.4 billion at December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk Management
The consolidated weighted-average interest rates related to our total debt for 2014, 2013 and 2012 approximated 4.8%, 5.0%, and 4.7%, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of our interest rate derivatives.
Virtually all customer-financing assets earn fixed rates of interest. The interest rates on a significant portion of the Company's term debt are fixed.
As of December 31, 2014, $343 million of our total debt of $7.7 billion carried variable interest rates, including the effect of pay variable interest rate swaps, if any, we may use to reduce the effective interest rate on our fixed coupon debt.
The fair market values of our fixed-rate financial instruments are sensitive to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2014, a 10% change in market interest rates would change the fair values of such financial instruments by approximately $92 million.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 59


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Xerox Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(1) of this Form 10-K presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 24, 2015


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 60


REPORTS OF MANAGEMENT
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements
Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management's best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company's financial position and results of operations.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.
 
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.
 
/s/    URSULA M. BURNS      
 
 
/s/    KATHRYN A. MIKELLS        
 
 
/s/    JOSEPH H. MANCINI, JR.      
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
Chief Accounting Officer
 


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 61


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per-share data)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
$
5,288

 
$
5,582

 
$
5,827

Outsourcing, maintenance and rentals
 
13,865

 
13,941

 
13,997

Financing
 
387

 
483

 
597

Total Revenues
 
19,540

 
20,006

 
20,421

Costs and Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of sales
 
3,269

 
3,550

 
3,701

Cost of outsourcing, maintenance and rentals
 
9,885

 
9,808

 
9,735

Cost of financing
 
140

 
163

 
198

Research, development and engineering expenses
 
577

 
603

 
655

Selling, administrative and general expenses
 
3,788

 
4,073

 
4,141

Restructuring and asset impairment charges
 
128

 
115

 
149

Amortization of intangible assets
 
315

 
305

 
301

Other expenses, net
 
232

 
146

 
257

Total Costs and Expenses
 
18,334

 
18,763

 
19,137

Income Before Income Taxes and Equity Income
 
1,206

 
1,243

 
1,284

Income tax expense
 
259

 
253

 
256

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
160

 
169

 
152

Income from Continuing Operations
 
1,107

 
1,159

 
1,180

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(115
)
 
20

 
43

Net Income
 
992

 
1,179

 
1,223

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
23

 
20

 
28

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
969

 
$
1,159

 
$
1,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts attributable to Xerox:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations
 
$
1,084

 
$
1,139

 
$
1,152

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(115
)
 
20

 
43

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
969

 
$
1,159

 
$
1,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.87

Discontinued operations
 
(0.10
)
 
0.02

 
0.03

Total Basic Earnings per Share
 
$
0.82

 
$
0.93

 
$
0.90

Diluted Earnings per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
0.90

 
$
0.89

 
$
0.85

Discontinued operations
 
(0.09
)
 
0.02

 
0.03

Total Diluted Earnings per Share
 
$
0.81

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.88


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 62


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net Income
 
$
992

 
$
1,179

 
$
1,223

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
23

 
20

 
28

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
969

 
$
1,159

 
$
1,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Translation adjustments, net
 
$
(734
)
 
$
(185
)
 
$
113

Unrealized gains (losses), net
 
15

 
—

 
(63
)
Changes in defined benefit plans, net
 
(662
)
 
632

 
(561
)
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net
 
(1,381
)
 
447

 
(511
)
Less: Other comprehensive loss, net attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
—

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(1,380
)
 
$
448

 
$
(511
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net
 
$
(389
)
 
$
1,626

 
$
712

Less: Comprehensive income, net attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
22

 
19

 
28

Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(411
)
 
$
1,607

 
$
684

__________
(1)
Refer to Note 21 - Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income for gross components of Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, reclassification adjustments out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and related tax effects.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 63


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
December 31,
(in millions, except share data in thousands)
 
2014
 
2013
Assets
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,411

 
$
1,764

Accounts receivable, net
 
2,652

 
2,929

Billed portion of finance receivables, net
 
110

 
113

Finance receivables, net
 
1,425

 
1,500

Inventories
 
934

 
998

Assets of discontinued operations
 
1,260

 
—

Other current assets
 
1,082

 
1,207

Total current assets
 
8,874

 
8,511

Finance receivables due after one year, net
 
2,719

 
2,917

Equipment on operating leases, net
 
525

 
559

Land, buildings and equipment, net
 
1,123

 
1,466

Investments in affiliates, at equity
 
1,338

 
1,285

Intangible assets, net
 
2,031

 
2,503

Goodwill
 
8,805

 
9,205

Other long-term assets
 
2,243

 
2,590

Total Assets
 
$
27,658

 
$
29,036

Liabilities and Equity
 
 
 
 
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
$
1,427

 
$
1,117

Accounts payable
 
1,584

 
1,626

Accrued compensation and benefits costs
 
754

 
734

Unearned income
 
431

 
496

Liabilities of discontinued operations
 
371

 
—

Other current liabilities
 
1,509

 
1,713

Total current liabilities
 
6,076

 
5,686

Long-term debt
 
6,314

 
6,904

Pension and other benefit liabilities
 
2,847

 
2,136

Post-retirement medical benefits
 
865

 
785

Other long-term liabilities
 
498

 
757

Total Liabilities
 
16,600

 
16,268

 
 
 
 
 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
 
349

 
349

 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
1,124

 
1,210

Additional paid-in capital
 
4,283

 
5,282

Treasury stock, at cost
 
(105
)
 
(252
)
Retained earnings
 
9,491

 
8,839

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(4,159
)
 
(2,779
)
Xerox shareholders’ equity
 
10,634

 
12,300

Noncontrolling interests
 
75

 
119

Total Equity
 
10,709

 
12,419

Total Liabilities and Equity
 
$
27,658

 
$
29,036

 
 
 
 
 
Shares of common stock issued
 
1,124,354

 
1,210,321

Treasury stock
 
(7,609
)
 
(22,001
)
Shares of common stock outstanding
 
1,116,745

 
1,188,320

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 64


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
992

 
$
1,179

 
$
1,223

Adjustments required to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
1,426

 
1,358

 
1,301

Provision for receivables
 
53

 
123

 
127

Provision for inventory
 
26

 
35

 
30

Deferred tax expense
 
113

 
117

 
105

Net loss (gain) on sales of businesses and assets
 
134

 
(45
)
 
2

Undistributed equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
(91
)
 
(92
)
 
(90
)
Stock-based compensation
 
91

 
90

 
125

Restructuring and asset impairment charges
 
130

 
116

 
154

Payments for restructurings
 
(133
)
 
(136
)
 
(144
)
Contributions to defined benefit pension plans
 
(284
)
 
(230
)
 
(364
)
Increase in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance receivables
 
(436
)
 
(576
)
 
(776
)
Collections of deferred proceeds from sales of receivables
 
434

 
482

 
470

Increase in inventories
 
(22
)
 
(38
)
 
—

Increase in equipment on operating leases
 
(283
)
 
(303
)
 
(276
)
(Increase) decrease in finance receivables
 
(10
)
 
609

 
947

Collections on beneficial interest from sales of finance receivables
 
79

 
58

 
—

Increase in other current and long-term assets
 
(159
)
 
(145
)
 
(265
)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued compensation
 
128

 
(29
)
 
120

Decrease in other current and long-term liabilities
 
(64
)
 
(50
)
 
(71
)
Net change in income tax assets and liabilities
 
29

 
8

 
33

Net change in derivative assets and liabilities
 
(14
)
 
(11
)
 
11

Other operating, net
 
(76
)
 
(145
)
 
(82
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
2,063

 
2,375

 
2,580

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment
 
(368
)
 
(346
)
 
(388
)
Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment
 
54

 
86

 
9

Cost of additions to internal use software
 
(84
)
 
(81
)
 
(125
)
Proceeds from sale of businesses
 
26

 
26

 
—

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 
(340
)
 
(155
)
 
(276
)
Other investing, net
 
9

 
18

 
19

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(703
)
 
(452
)
 
(761
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net payments on debt
 
(175
)
 
(434
)
 
(108
)
Common stock dividends
 
(289
)
 
(272
)
 
(231
)
Preferred stock dividends
 
(24
)
 
(24
)
 
(24
)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock
 
55

 
124

 
44

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
 
18

 
16

 
10

Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees
 
(1,071
)
 
(696
)
 
(1,052
)
Repurchases related to stock-based compensation
 
(41
)
 
(57
)
 
(42
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
 
(87
)
 
(56
)
 
(69
)
Other financing
 
(10
)
 
(3
)
 
—

Net cash used in financing activities
 
(1,624
)
 
(1,402
)
 
(1,472
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
(89
)
 
(3
)
 
(3
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(353
)
 
518

 
344

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
1,764

 
1,246

 
902

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
 
$
1,411

 
$
1,764

 
$
1,246



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 65


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in millions)
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Treasury Stock
 
Retained
Earnings
 
AOCL(3)
 
Xerox
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Non-
controlling
Interests
 
Total
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
1,353

 
$
6,317

 
$
(124
)
 
$
7,046

 
$
(2,716
)
 
$
11,876

 
$
149

 
$
12,025

Comprehensive income (loss), net
—

 
—

 
—

 
1,195

 
(511
)
 
684

 
28

 
712

Cash dividends declared-common(1)
—

 
—

 
—

 
(226
)
 
—

 
(226
)
 
—

 
(226
)
Cash dividends declared-preferred(2)
—

 
—

 
—

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(24
)
Contribution of common stock to U.S. pension plan
15

 
115

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
130

 
—

 
130

Stock option and incentive plans, net
18

 
115

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
133

 
—

 
133

Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees
—

 
—

 
(1,052
)
 
—

 
—

 
(1,052
)
 
—

 
(1,052
)
Cancellation of treasury stock
(147
)
 
(925
)
 
1,072

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Distributions to noncontrolling interests
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(34
)
 
(34
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
1,239

 
$
5,622

 
$
(104
)
 
$
7,991

 
$
(3,227
)
 
$
11,521

 
$
143

 
$
11,664

Comprehensive income, net
—

 
—

 
—

 
1,159

 
448

 
1,607

 
19

 
1,626

Cash dividends declared-common(1)
—

 
—

 
—

 
(287
)
 
—

 
(287
)
 
—

 
(287
)
Cash dividends declared-preferred(2)
—

 
—

 
—

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(24
)
Conversion of notes to common stock
1

 
8

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9

 
—

 
9

Stock option and incentive plans, net
28

 
142

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
170

 
—

 
170

Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees
—

 
—

 
(696
)
 
—

 
—

 
(696
)
 
—

 
(696
)
Cancellation of treasury stock
(58
)
 
(490
)
 
548

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Distributions to noncontrolling interests
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(43
)
 
(43
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
1,210

 
$
5,282

 
$
(252
)
 
$
8,839

 
$
(2,779
)
 
$
12,300

 
$
119

 
$
12,419

Comprehensive income (loss), net
—

 
—

 
—

 
969

 
(1,380
)
 
(411
)
 
22

 
(389
)
Cash dividends declared-common(1)
—

 
—

 
—

 
(293
)
 
—

 
(293
)
 
—

 
(293
)
Cash dividends declared-preferred(2)
—

 
—

 
—

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(24
)
Conversion of notes to common stock
1

 
8

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9

 
—

 
9

Stock option and incentive plans, net
14

 
110

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
124

 
—

 
124

Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees
—

 
—

 
(1,071
)
 
—

 
—

 
(1,071
)
 
—

 
(1,071
)
Cancellation of treasury stock
(101
)
 
(1,117
)
 
1,218

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Distributions to noncontrolling interests
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(66
)
 
(66
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
1,124

 
$
4,283

 
$
(105
)
 
$
9,491

 
$
(4,159
)
 
$
10,634

 
$
75

 
$
10,709

__________
(1)
Cash dividends declared on common stock of $0.0625 in each quarter of 2014, $0.0575 in each quarter of 2013 and $0.0425 in each quarter of 2012.
(2)
Cash dividends declared on preferred stock of $20 per share in each quarter of 2014, 2013 and 2012.
(3)
AOCL - Accumulated other comprehensive loss.



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 66




XEROX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions, except per-share data and where otherwise noted)

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
References herein to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context suggests otherwise.
Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Xerox is a $19.5 billion global enterprise for business process and document management solutions. We are one of the largest diversified business process outsourcing company worldwide, with an expertise in managing transaction-intensive processes. This includes services that support enterprises through multi-industry offerings such as customer care, transaction processing, finance and accounting, and human resources, as well as industry focused offerings in areas such as healthcare, transportation, financial services, retail and telecommunications. We also provide extensive leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size.
Basis of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Xerox Corporation and all of our controlled subsidiary companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally 20% to 50% ownership) are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition.
We consolidate variable interest entities if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating results for variable interest entities in which we are determined to be the primary beneficiary are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date such determination is made.
For convenience and ease of reference, we refer to the financial statement caption “Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income” as “pre-tax income” throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2014, we announced an agreement to sell our Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO) business to Atos SE (Atos); the sale is expected to close in the first half of 2015. As a result of the pending sale and having met applicable accounting requirements, we reported the ITO business as held for sale and a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. In 2014 we also completed the disposal of two smaller businesses - Xerox Audio Visual Solutions, Inc. (XAV) and Truckload Management Services (TMS) - that were also reported as discontinued operations. All prior periods have been reclassified to conform to this presentation. In 2013 we completed the sale of our U.S. and Canadian (North American or N.A.) and Western European (European) Paper businesses. Results from these paper-related businesses are reported as Discontinued Operations and all prior period results have been reclassified to conform to this presentation. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Our estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events, historical experience, actions that the company may undertake in the future and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. As a result, actual results may be different from these estimates.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 67


The following table summarizes certain significant costs and expenses that require management estimates for the three years ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Expense/(Income)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Provisions for restructuring and asset impairments - continuing operations
 
$
128

 
$
115

 
$
149

Provisions for restructuring and asset impairments - discontinued operations
 
2

 
7

 
4

Provision for receivables
 
53

 
123

 
127

Provisions for litigation and regulatory matters
 
11

 
(34
)
 
(1
)
Provisions for obsolete and excess inventory
 
26

 
35

 
30

Provision for product warranty liability
 
25

 
28

 
29

Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases
 
297

 
283

 
279

Depreciation of buildings and equipment (1)
 
324

 
332

 
354

Amortization of internal use software (1)
 
139

 
137

 
114

Amortization of product software
 
62

 
43

 
19

Amortization of acquired intangible assets (1)
 
315

 
305

 
301

Amortization of customer contract costs (1)
 
128

 
100

 
92

Defined pension benefits - net periodic benefit cost
 
82

 
267

 
300

Retiree health benefits - net periodic benefit cost
 
3

 
1

 
11

Income tax expense - continuing operations
 
259

 
253

 
256

Income tax expense - discontinued operations
 
6

 
27

 
21

__________________
(1)
Excludes amounts related to our ITO business which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Changes in Estimates
In the ordinary course of accounting for the items discussed above, we make changes in estimates as appropriate and as we become aware of new or revised circumstances surrounding those estimates. Such changes and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes
Except for the Accounting Standard Updates (ASU's) discussed below, the new ASU's issued by the FASB during the last two years did not have any significant impact on the Company.
Income Statement
In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01 Income Statement-Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20) - Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items. ASU 2015-01 eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. ASU 2015-01 is effective for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The standard primarily involves presentation and disclosure and, therefore, is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Business Combinations
In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Pushdown Accounting. The amendments in this Update provide an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements. ASU 2014-17 was effective on November 18, 2014. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Derivatives and Hedging
In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity. ASU 2014-16 does not change the current criteria in GAAP for determining when separation of certain embedded derivative features in a hybrid financial instrument. The amendments clarify how current GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. ASU 2014-16 is effective for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, with early adoption

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 68


permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Disclosures of Going Concern Uncertainties
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40); Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance regarding management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Stock Compensation
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target Could be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting, and that could be achieved after the requisite service period, be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. This update is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2016 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing U.S. GAAP, including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2017 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within ASU 2014-09; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per ASU 2014-09. We are currently evaluating the impact of our pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements.
Discontinued Operations
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. The update changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. A discontinued operation may include a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity, or a business. A disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Examples include a disposal of a major geographic area, a major line of business or a major equity method investment.
Additionally, the update requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of discontinued operations. This update is effective prospectively for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2015. The standard primarily involves presentation and disclosure and, therefore, is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Service Concession Arrangements
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-05, Service Concession Arrangements (Topic 853). This update specifies that an entity should not account for a service concession arrangement within the scope of this update as a lease in accordance with Topic 840, Leases. The update does not provide specific accounting guidance for various aspects of service concession arrangements but rather indicates that an entity should refer to other Topics as applicable to account for various aspects of a service concession arrangement. The update is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2015. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operation or cash flows.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 69


Income Taxes
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This update provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, exists. This update was effective prospectively for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2014. Upon adoption of this standard, we reclassified approximately $180 of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets.
Hedge Accounting
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index
Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes. The update permits the Fed Funds
Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under FASB ASC
Topic 815, in addition to the interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government (UST) and the
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The update also removes the restriction on using different benchmark
rates for similar hedges. ASU 2013-10 is effective prospectively for qualifying new or re-designated hedging
relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on
our financial condition or results of operations.
Cumulative Translation Adjustments
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (Topic 830). The objective of ASU 2013-05 is to resolve the diversity in practice regarding the release into net income of the cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. This update was effective prospectively for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2014, and did not have nor is it expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Summary of Accounting Policies
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue through services, the sale and rental of equipment, supplies and income associated with the financing of our equipment sales. Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable and earned. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when we have persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Delivery does not occur until equipment has been shipped or services have been provided to the customer, risk of loss has transferred to the customer, and either customer acceptance has been obtained, customer acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the company has objective evidence that the criteria specified in the customer acceptance provisions have been satisfied. The sales price is not considered to be fixed or determinable until all contingencies related to the sale have been resolved. More specifically, revenue related to services and sales of our products is recognized as follows:
Equipment-Related Revenues
Equipment: Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from sales-type leases, are recognized at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require us to install the product at the customer location, revenue is recognized when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer installable products are recognized upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the operating lease method and are recognized as earned over the lease term, which is generally on a straight-line basis.
Technical Services: Technical service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on the equipment sold to our customers and are recognized over the term of the contracts. A substantial portion of our products are sold with full service maintenance agreements for which the customer typically pays a base service fee plus a variable amount based on usage. As a consequence, other than the product warranty obligations associated with certain of our low end products, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 70


Bundled Lease Arrangements: We sell our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated fixed minimum monthly payment for all elements over the contractual lease term. These arrangements also typically include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price-per-page. The fixed minimum monthly payments are multiplied by the number of months in the contract term to arrive at the total fixed minimum payments that the customer is obligated to make (fixed payments) over the lease term. The payments associated with page volumes in excess of the minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are exceeded (contingent payments). In applying our lease accounting methodology, we only consider the fixed payments for purposes of allocating to the relative fair value elements of the contract. Contingent payments, if any, are recognized as revenue in the period when the customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes specified in the contract.
Revenues under bundled arrangements are allocated considering the relative selling prices of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement. Lease deliverables include the equipment, financing, maintenance and other executory costs, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of the supplies and non-maintenance services. The allocation for the lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and other executory costs plus a profit thereon. These elements are generally recognized over the term of the lease as service revenue. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements which are subjected to the accounting estimates noted below under “Leases.”
Our pricing interest rates, which are used in determining customer payments in a bundled lease arrangement, are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing rates in the marketplace and the customer’s credit history, industry and credit class. We reassess our pricing interest rates quarterly based on changes in the local prevailing rates in the marketplace. These interest rates have generally been adjusted if the rates vary by 25 basis points or more, cumulatively, from the rate last in effect. The pricing interest rates generally equal the implicit rates within the leases, as corroborated by our comparisons of cash to lease selling prices.
Sales to distributors and resellers: We utilize distributors and resellers to sell many of our technology products, supplies and services to end-user customers. We refer to our distributor and reseller network as our two-tier distribution model. Sales to distributors and resellers are generally recognized as revenue when products are sold to such distributors and resellers. However, revenue is only recognized when the distributor or reseller has economic substance apart from the company, the sales price is not contingent upon resale or payment by the end user customer and we have no further obligations related to bringing about the resale, delivery or installation of the product.
Distributors and resellers participate in various rebate, price-protection, cooperative marketing and other programs, and we record provisions for these programs as a reduction to revenue when the sales occur. Similarly, we account for our estimates of sales returns and other allowances when the sales occur based on our historical experience.
In certain instances, we may provide lease financing to end-user customers who purchased equipment we sold to distributors or resellers. We compete with other third-party leasing companies with respect to the lease financing provided to these end-user customers.
Supplies: Supplies revenue generally is recognized upon shipment or utilization by customers in accordance with the sales contract terms.
Software: Most of our equipment has both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the equipment's essential functionality and therefore they are accounted for together as part of equipment sales revenues. Software accessories sold in connection with our equipment sales, as well as free-standing software sales are accounted for as separate deliverables or elements. In most cases, these software products are sold as part of multiple element arrangements and include software maintenance agreements for the delivery of technical service, as well as unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis. In those software accessory and free-standing software arrangements that include more than one element, we allocate the revenue among the elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value. Revenue allocated to software is normally recognized upon delivery while revenue allocated to the software maintenance element is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.
Leases: As noted above, equipment may be placed with customers under bundled lease arrangements. The two primary accounting provisions which we use to classify transactions as sales-type or operating leases are: (1) a review of the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater than 75% of the economic life of the equipment and (2) a review of the present value of the minimum lease payments to determine if they are equal to or greater than 90% of the fair market value of the equipment at the inception of the lease.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 71


We consider the economic life of most of our products to be five years, since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases are for original terms longer than five years. There is no significant after-market for our used equipment. We believe five years is representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is intended. Residual values are not significant.
With respect to fair value, we perform an analysis of equipment fair value based on cash selling prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are compared to the range of values determined for our leases. The range of cash selling prices must be reasonably consistent with the lease selling prices in order for us to determine that such lease prices are indicative of fair value.
Financing: Finance income attributable to sales-type leases, direct financing leases and installment loans is recognized on the accrual basis using the effective interest method.
Services-Related Revenue
Outsourcing: Revenues associated with outsourcing services are generally recognized as services are rendered, which is generally on the basis of the number of accounts or transactions processed. Information technology processing revenues are recognized as services are provided to the customer, generally at the contractual selling prices of resources consumed or capacity utilized by our customers. In those service arrangements where final acceptance of a system or solution by the customer is required, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Revenues on cost reimbursable contracts are recognized by applying an estimated factor to costs as incurred, determined by the contract provisions and prior experience. Revenues on unit-price contracts are recognized at the contractual selling prices as work is completed and accepted by the customer. Revenues on time and material contracts are recognized at the contractual rates as the labor hours and direct expenses are incurred.
Revenues on certain fixed price contracts where we provide system development and implementation services are recognized over the contract term based on the percentage of development and implementation services that are provided during the period compared with the total estimated development and implementation services to be provided over the entire contract using the percentage-of-completion accounting methodology. These services require that we perform significant, extensive and complex design, development, modification or implementation of our customers' systems. Performance will often extend over long periods, and our right to receive future payment depends on our future performance in accordance with the agreement.
The percentage-of-completion methodology involves recognizing probable and reasonably estimable revenue using the percentage of services completed, on a current cumulative cost to estimated total cost basis, using a reasonably consistent profit margin over the period.
Revenues earned in excess of related billings are accrued, whereas billings in excess of revenues earned are deferred until the related services are provided. We recognize revenues for non-refundable, upfront implementation fees on a straight-line basis over the period between the initiation of the ongoing services through the end of the contract term.
In connection with our services arrangements, we incur and capitalize costs to originate these long-term contracts and to perform the migration, transition and setup activities necessary to enable us to perform under the terms of the arrangement. Certain initial direct costs of an arrangement are capitalized and amortized over the contractual service period of the arrangement to cost of services. From time to time, we also provide inducements to customers in various forms, including contractual credits, which are capitalized and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the term of the contract.
Spending associated with customer-related deferred set-up/transition and inducement costs was $80, $107 and $109 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, excluding the ITO business(1). At December 31, 2014 and 2013 the balance of deferred costs was $323 (of which $96 relates to our ITO business(1)) and $399, respectively. The balance at December 31, 2014 excluding ITO of $227, is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 7 years and amortization expense in 2015 is expected to be approximately $94.
Long-lived assets used in the fulfillment of the arrangements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the contract if an asset is contract specific.
Our outsourcing services contracts may also include the sale of equipment and software. In these instances we follow the policies noted above under Equipment-Related Revenue.
(1)
Our ITO business is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 72


Other Revenue Recognition Policies
Multiple Element Arrangements: As described above, we enter into the following revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables:
•
Bundled lease arrangements, which typically include both lease deliverables and non-lease deliverables as described above.
•
Contracts for multiple types of outsourcing services, as well as professional and value-added services. For instance, we may contract for an implementation or development project and also provide services to operate the system over a period of time; or we may contract to scan, manage and store customer documents.
In substantially all of our multiple element arrangements, we are able to separate the deliverables since we normally will meet both of the following criteria:
•
The delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and
•
If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control.
Consideration in a multiple-element arrangement is allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables on the basis of the relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price for each deliverable is primarily determined based on VSOE or third-party evidence (TPE) of the selling price. The above noted revenue policies are then applied to each separated deliverable, as applicable.
Revenue-based taxes: We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions. The primary revenue-based taxes are sales tax and value-added tax (VAT).
Other Significant Accounting Policies
Shipping and Handling
Costs related to shipping and handling are recognized as incurred and included in Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Research, Development and Engineering (RD&E)
Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred. Sustaining engineering costs are incurred with respect to on-going product improvements or environmental compliance after initial product launch. Sustaining engineering costs were $132, $122 and $110 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, including money market funds, and investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Receivable Sales
We regularly transfer certain portions of our receivable portfolios and normally account for those transfers as sales based on meeting the criteria for derecognition in accordance with ASC Topic 860 "Transfer and Servicing" of Financial Assets. Gains or losses on the sale of receivables depend, in part, on both (a) the cash proceeds and (b) the net non-cash proceeds received or paid. When we sell receivables we normally receive beneficial interests in the transferred receivables from the purchasers as part of the proceeds. We may refer to these beneficial interests as a deferred purchase price. The beneficial interests obtained are initially measured at their fair value. We generally estimate fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows, which are calculated using management's best estimates of the key assumptions including credit losses, prepayment rate and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Refer to Note 5 - Accounts Receivable, Net and Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net for more details on our receivable sales.
Inventories
Inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market. Inventories also include equipment that is returned at the end of the lease term. Returned equipment is recorded at the lower of remaining net book value or salvage value, which normally are not significant. We regularly review inventory quantities and record a provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand, production requirements and servicing commitments. Several factors may influence the realizability of our inventories, including our decision to exit a product line, technological changes and new product development. The provision for excess and/or obsolete

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 73


raw materials and equipment inventories is based primarily on near term forecasts of product demand and include consideration of new product introductions, as well as changes in remanufacturing strategies. The provision for excess and/or obsolete service parts inventory is based primarily on projected servicing requirements over the life of the related equipment populations.
Land, Buildings and Equipment and Equipment on Operating Leases
Land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Equipment on operating leases is depreciated to estimated salvage value over the lease term. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Significant improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are expensed. Refer to Note 7 - Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net and Note 8 - Land, Buildings, Equipment and Software, Net for further discussion.
Software - Internal Use and Product
We capitalize direct costs associated with developing, purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software, beginning when the software is implemented (Internal Use Software). Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements that will not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred. Amounts expended for Internal Use Software are included in Cash Flows from Investing.
We also capitalize certain costs related to the development of software solutions to be sold to our customers upon reaching technological feasibility (Product Software). These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the software. Amounts expended for Product Software are included in Cash Flows from Operations. We perform periodic reviews to ensure that unamortized Product Software costs remain recoverable from estimated future operating profits (net realizable value or NRV). Costs to support or service licensed software are charged to Costs of services as incurred.
Refer to Note 8 - Land, Buildings, Equipment and Software, Net for further information.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets in a business combination, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the value of synergies between the acquired entities and the company and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies as an identifiable intangible asset. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred.
Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (a "component") if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.
When testing goodwill for impairment, we may assess qualitative factors for some or all of our reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, we may bypass this qualitative assessment for some or all of our reporting units and perform a detailed quantitative test of impairment (Step 1). If we perform the detailed quantitative impairment test and the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we would perform an analysis (Step 2) to measure such impairment. In 2014, we elected to proceed to the quantitative assessment of the recoverability of our goodwill balances for each of our reporting units in performing our annual impairment test. Based on our quantitative assessments, we concluded that the fair values of each of our reporting units in 2014 exceeded their carrying values and no impairments were identified.
 
Other intangible assets primarily consist of assets obtained in connection with business acquisitions, including installed customer base and distribution network relationships, patents on existing technology and trademarks. We apply an impairment evaluation whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. We believe that the straight-line method of amortization reflects an appropriate allocation of the cost of the intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained annually by the Company.
Refer to Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for further information.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 74


Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including buildings, equipment, internal use software and other intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. Our primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows.
Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in various forms in several countries covering employees who meet eligibility requirements. Retiree health benefit plans cover U.S. and Canadian employees for retiree medical costs. We employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This requires changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside to meet those obligations to be recognized not as they occur, but systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes are ultimately recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent changes. At any point, changes that have been identified and quantified but not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, are recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax.
Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and retiree health benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in our income statement due to the delayed recognition requirement. In calculating the expected return on the plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of the long-term rate of return on the plan assets that support our pension obligations, after deducting assets that are specifically allocated to Transitional Retirement Accounts (which are accounted for based on specific plan terms).
For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a market-related value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, rather than a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is applied to the market-related asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The market-related value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that would result from using the fair market value approach.
The discount rate is used to present value our future anticipated benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which benefit liabilities could be effectively settled considering the timing of expected payments for plan participants. In estimating our discount rate, we consider rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions, as well as the expected timing of pension and other benefit payments.
Each year, the difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets, as well as increases or decreases in the benefit obligation as a result of changes in the discount rate and other actuarial assumptions, are added to or subtracted from any cumulative actuarial gain or loss from prior years. This amount is the net actuarial gain or loss recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. We amortize net actuarial gains and losses as a component of net pension cost for a year if, as of the beginning of the year, that net gain or loss (excluding asset gains or losses that have not been recognized in market-related value) exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets (the "corridor" method). This determination is made on a plan-by-plan basis. If amortization is required for a particular plan, we amortize the applicable net gain or loss in excess of the 10% threshold on a straight-line basis in net periodic pension cost over the remaining service period of the employees participating in that pension plan. In plans where substantially all participants are inactive, the amortization period for the excess is the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants.
Our primary domestic plans allow participants the option of settling their vested benefits through the receipt of a lump-sum payment. The participant's vested benefit is considered fully settled upon payment of the lump-sum. We have elected to apply settlement accounting and therefore we recognize the losses associated with settlements in this plan immediately upon the settlement of the vested benefits. Settlement accounting requires us to recognize a pro rata portion of the aggregate unamortized net actuarial losses upon settlement. The pro rata factor is computed

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 75


as the percentage reduction in the projected benefit obligation due to the settlement of the participant's vested benefit.
Refer to Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans for further information regarding our Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations.
Foreign Currency Translation and Re-measurement
The functional currency for most foreign operations is the local currency. Net assets are translated at current rates of exchange and income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. The translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss.
The U.S. Dollar is used as the functional currency for certain foreign subsidiaries that conduct their business in U.S. Dollars. A combination of current and historical exchange rates is used in re-measuring the local currency transactions of these subsidiaries and the resulting exchange adjustments are recorded in Currency (gains) and losses within Other expenses, net together with other foreign currency remeasurments.
Note 2 – Segment Reporting
Our reportable segments are aligned with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. We report our financial performance based on the following two primary reportable segments – Services and Document Technology. Our Services segment operations involve the delivery of business process and document outsourcing services for a broad range of customers from small businesses to large global enterprises.
Our Document Technology segment includes the sale and support of a broad range of document systems from entry level to high-end.
The Services segment is comprised of two outsourcing service offerings:
•
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)
•
Document Outsourcing (which includes Managed Print Services) (DO)
Business process outsourcing services include service arrangements where we manage a customer's business activity or process. We provide multi-industry offerings such as customer care, transaction processing, finance and accounting, and human resources, as well as industry focused offerings in areas such as healthcare, transportation, financial services, retail and telecommunications. Document outsourcing services include service arrangements that allow customers to streamline, simplify and digitize their document-intensive business processes through automation and deployment of software applications and tools and the management of their printing needs. Document outsourcing also includes revenues from our partner print services offerings.
As discussed in Note 4 - Divestitures, in December 2014 we announced an agreement to sell our Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO) business to Atos; the sale is expected to close in the first half of 2015. As a result of the pending sale and having met applicable accounting requirements, we reported the ITO business as a discontinued operation and reclassified their results from the Services segment to Discontinued Operations. All prior periods have been reclassified to conform to this presentation.
Our Document Technology segment includes the sale of document systems and supplies, provision of technical service and financing of products. Our product groupings range from:
•
“Entry,” which includes A4 devices and desktop printers; to
•
“Mid-range,” which includes A3 devices that generally serve workgroup environments in mid to large enterprises and includes products that fall into the following market categories: Color 41+ ppm priced at less than $100K and Light Production 91+ ppm priced at less than $100K; to
•
“High-end,” which includes production printing and publishing systems that generally serve the graphic communications marketplace and large enterprises.
Customers range from small and mid-sized businesses to large enterprises. Customers also include graphic communication enterprises as well as channel partners including distributors and resellers. Segment revenues reflect the sale of document systems and supplies, technical services and product financing.
The segment classified as Other includes several units, none of which meet the thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group includes paper sales in our developing market countries, Wide Format Systems, licensing revenues, GIS network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems and non-allocated corporate items including non-financing interest, as well as other items included in Other expenses, net.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 76


As discussed in Note 4 - Divestitures, during 2013 we completed the sales of our North American and European Paper business. As a result, in 2013 we began to report our North American and European paper-related operations as Discontinued Operations and reclassified their results from the Other segment to Discontinued Operations. All prior periods were reclassified to conform to this presentation.
Selected financial information for our Reportable segments was as follows:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Services
 
Document Technology
 
Other
 
Total
2014 (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
10,519

 
$
8,044

 
$
590

 
$
19,153

Finance income
 
65

 
314

 
8

 
387

Total Segment Revenue
 
$
10,584

 
$
8,358

 
$
598

 
$
19,540

Interest expense
 
$
18

 
$
121

 
$
238

 
$
377

Segment profit (loss)(2)
 
956

 
1,149

 
(272
)
 
1,833

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
32

 
128

 
—

 
160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
10,412

 
$
8,500

 
$
611

 
$
19,523

Finance income
 
67

 
408

 
8

 
483

Total Segment Revenue
 
$
10,479

 
$
8,908

 
$
619

 
$
20,006

Interest expense
 
$
19

 
$
140

 
$
244

 
$
403

Segment profit (loss)(2)
 
1,055

 
964

 
(217
)
 
1,802

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
34

 
135

 
—

 
169

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
10,196

 
$
8,951

 
$
677

 
$
19,824

Finance income
 
75

 
511

 
11

 
597

Total Segment Revenue
 
$
10,271

 
$
9,462

 
$
688

 
$
20,421

Interest expense
 
$
19

 
$
172

 
$
236

 
$
427

Segment profit (loss)(2)
 
1,091

 
1,065

 
(254
)
 
1,902

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
30

 
122

 
—

 
152

____________________________

(1)
Asset information on a segment basis is not disclosed as this information is not separately identified and internally reported to our Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM).
(2)
Depreciation and amortization expense, which is recorded in Cost of Sales, Cost of Services, RD&E and SAG are included in segment profit above. This information is neither identified nor internally reported to our CODM.
The following is a reconciliation of segment profit to pre-tax income:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Segment Profit Reconciliation to Pre-tax Income
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Total Segment Profit
 
$
1,833

 
$
1,802

 
$
1,902

Reconciling items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
(315
)
 
(305
)
 
(301
)
Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
(160
)
 
(169
)
 
(152
)
Restructuring and related costs(1)
 
(149
)
 
(115
)
 
(149
)
Restructuring charges of Fuji Xerox
 
(3
)
 
(9
)
 
(16
)
Litigation matters
 
—

 
37

 
—

Other
 
—

 
2

 
—

Pre-tax Income
 
$
1,206

 
$
1,243

 
$
1,284

____________________________
(1)
2014 includes Restructuring and asset impairment charges of $128 and Business transformation costs of $21. Business transformation costs represent incremental costs incurred directly in support of our business transformation and restructuring initiatives such as compensation costs for overlapping staff, consulting costs and training costs.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 77


Geographic area data is based upon the location of the subsidiary reporting the revenue or long-lived assets and is as follows for the three years ended December 31:
 
 
Revenues
 
Long-Lived Assets (1) (2)
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
United States
 
$
13,041

 
$
13,272

 
$
13,323

 
$
1,758

 
$
1,870

 
$
1,966

Europe
 
4,428

 
4,414

 
4,599

 
632

 
761

 
784

Other areas
 
2,071

 
2,320

 
2,499

 
240

 
243

 
262

Total Revenues and Long-Lived Assets
 
$
19,540

 
$
20,006

 
$
20,421

 
$
2,630

 
$
2,874

 
$
3,012

________________
(1)
Long-lived assets are comprised of (i) land, buildings and equipment, net, (ii) equipment on operating leases, net, (iii) internal use software, net and (iv) product software, net.
(2)
Long-lived assets at December 31, 2014 includes $241 related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Note 3 – Acquisitions

2014 Acquisitions
In September 2014, we acquired Consilience Software, Inc. (Consilience) for approximately $25 in cash. Consilience provides case management and workflow automation software solutions to the public sector. Consilience's proprietary Maven Case Management software system uses data and process analytics to help government agencies extract more value from their information. The intelligent case management system automates workflows for document- and labor-intensive processes and integrates previously siloed legacy systems for accelerated decision-making.
In May 2014, we acquired ISG Holdings, Inc. (ISG) for approximately $225 in cash. The acquisition of ISG enhances our Services segment by providing a comprehensive workers' compensation suite of offerings to the property and casualty sector. In addition, the acquisition expands our services to property and casualty insurance carriers, third-party administrators, managed care services providers, governments and self-administered employers who require comprehensive reviews of medical bills and implementation of care management plans stemming from workers' compensation claims.
In January 2014, we acquired Invoco Holding GmbH (Invoco), a German company, for approximately $54 (€40 million) in cash. The acquisition of Invoco expands our European customer care services and provides our global customers immediate access to German-language customer care services and provides Invoco's existing customers access to our broad business process outsourcing capabilities.
The 2014 acquisitions noted above are included in our Services segment. Additionally, during 2014, our Services segment acquired one additional business for $2 in cash and our Document Technology segment acquired two businesses for approximately $34 in cash, which expanded our distribution capability of products and services in North America.
2014 Summary
All of our 2014 acquisitions reflected 100% ownership of the acquired companies. The operating results of the acquisitions described above are not material to our financial statements and are included within our results from their respective acquisition dates. Our 2014 acquisitions contributed aggregate revenues of approximately $132 to our 2014 total revenues from their respective acquisition dates. The purchase prices for all acquisitions were primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management's estimates. The primary elements that generated the goodwill are the value of synergies and the acquired assembled workforce. Approximately 50% of the goodwill recorded in 2014 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Refer to Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 78


The following table summarizes the purchase price allocations for our 2014 acquisitions as of the acquisition dates:
 
 
Weighted-Average Life (Years)
 
Total 2014 Acquisitions
Accounts/finance receivables
 
 
 
$
33

Intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
 
13
 
71

Trademarks
 
11
 
6

Non-compete agreements
 
4
 
3

Software
 
7
 
25

Goodwill
 
 
 
249

Other assets
 
 
 
26

Total Assets Acquired
 
 
 
413

Liabilities assumed
 
 
 
(73
)
Total Purchase Price
 

 
$
340

2013 and 2012 Acquisitions
In April 2013, we acquired Florida based Zeno Office Solutions, Inc. (Zeno), a provider of print and IT solutions to small and mid-sized businesses in the Southeast, for approximately $59 in cash. This acquisition furthers our coverage in Florida, building on our strategy of expanding our network of locally-based companies focused on customers' requirements to improve their performance through efficiencies.

In February 2013, we acquired Impika, a leader in the design, manufacture and sale of production inkjet printing solutions used for industrial, commercial, security, label and package printing for approximately $53 in cash. Impika, which is based in Aubagne, France, offers a portfolio of aqueous (water-based) inkjet presses based on proprietary technology. Through the addition of Impika's aqueous technology to our offerings, we go to market with the industry's broadest range of digital presses, strengthening our leadership in digital color production printing.

In July 2012, we acquired Wireless Data Services, Ltd. (WDS), a provider of technical support, knowledge management and related consulting to the world's largest wireless telecommunication brands for approximately $95 (£60 million) in cash. Based in the U.K., WDS's expertise in the telecommunications industry strengthens our broad portfolio of customer care solutions.
In February 2012, we acquired R.K. Dixon, a leading provider of IT services, copiers, printers and managed print services for approximately $58 in cash. The acquisition furthers our coverage of central Illinois and eastern Iowa, building on our strategy to create a nationwide network of locally-based companies.

Our Document Technology segment also acquired one additional business in 2013 and three additional business in 2012 for $12 and $62, respectively, in cash. These acquisitions were largely a part of our strategy of increasing our distribution network for small and mid-size businesses. Our Services segment acquired three additional businesses in 2013 and four additional business in 2012 for $31 and $61, respectively, in cash primarily related to customer care and software to support our BPO service offerings.

Summary - 2013 and 2012 Acquisitions
All of our 2013 and 2012 acquisitions reflected 100% ownership of the acquired companies. The operating results of the 2013 and 2012 acquisitions described above were not material to our financial statements and were included within our results from the respective acquisition dates. WDS was included within our Services segment while the acquisitions of Zeno, Impika and R.K. Dixon were included within our Document Technology segment. The purchase prices for all acquisitions were primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management's estimates. Refer to Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information. Our 2013 acquisitions contributed aggregate revenues from their respective acquisition dates of approximately $84 and $56 to our 2014 and 2013 total revenues, respectively. Our 2012 acquisitions contributed aggregate revenues from their respective acquisition dates of approximately $275, $277 and $162 to our 2014, 2013 and 2012 total revenues, respectively.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 79


Contingent Consideration
In connection with certain acquisitions, we are obligated to make contingent payments if specified contractual performance targets are achieved. Contingent consideration obligations are recorded at their respective fair value. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum aggregate amount of outstanding contingent obligations to former owners of acquired entities was approximately $33, of which $25 was accrued representing the estimated fair value of this obligation.

Note 4 – Divestitures
Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO)
In December 2014, we announced an agreement to sell our ITO business to Atos for $1,050, which includes the assumption of approximately $100 of capital lease obligations and pension liabilities. The final sales price is subject to final closing adjustments with additional consideration of $50 contingent on the condition of certain assets at closing. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2015. We expect net after-tax proceeds from the transaction of approximately $850.
ITO services include service arrangements where we manage a customer’s IT-related activities, such as application management and development, data center operations or testing and quality assurance. Our ITO business includes approximately 9,800 employees in 45 countries. As part of the transaction, Atos will provide IT services for certain of our existing BPO customers as well as a portion of our internal IT requirements. These continuing cash flows were determined to not be significant, and we will have no significant continuing involvement in the ITO business post-closing.
As a result of this pending transaction and having met applicable accounting requirements, in the fourth quarter 2014, we reported the ITO business as held for sale and a Discontinued Operation and reclassified its results from the Services segment to Discontinued Operations. All prior periods have accordingly been reclassified to conform to this presentation.
In the fourth quarter 2014, we also recorded a net pre-tax loss of $181 related to the pending sale reflecting the write-down of the carrying value of the ITO disposal group, inclusive of goodwill, to its estimated fair value less costs to sell. Goodwill was allocated to the ITO disposal group based on the relative fair value of the business. The estimated fair value may be adjusted, and we are likely to incur additional charges prior to the closing of the transaction, which will be recorded in Discontinued Operations. In addition, upon final disposal of the business, we expect to record additional tax expense of approximately $75 within Discontinued Operations primarily related to the difference between the book basis and the tax basis of allocated goodwill. All the assets and liabilities of the ITO business are reported as held for sale at December 31, 2014 and are included in Assets and Liabilities of discontinued operations, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014.
Since the ITO business comprised a portion of several reporting units, we tested the retained goodwill of those reporting units for impairment and concluded that the goodwill remaining in those reporting units was not impaired since the fair values of those reporting units exceeded their carrying values.
Other Discontinued Operations
During the third quarter 2014, we completed the closure of Xerox Audio Visual Solutions, Inc. (XAV), a small audio visual business within our Global Imaging Systems subsidiary, and recorded a net pre-tax loss on disposal of $1. XAV provided audio visual equipment and services to enterprise and government customers. As a result of this closure, we reported XAV as a Discontinued Operation and reclassified its results from the Other segment to Discontinued Operations in the third quarter 2014.
In May 2014 we sold our Truckload Management Services, Inc. (TMS) business for $15 and recorded a net pre-tax loss on disposal of $1. TMS provided document capture and submission solutions as well as campaign management, media buying and digital marketing services to the long haul trucking and transportation industry. As a result of this transaction, we reported this business as a Discontinued Operation and reclassified its results from the Services segment to Discontinued Operations in the second quarter 2014.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 80


In 2013, in connection with our decision to exit from the Paper distribution business, we completed the sale of our North American and European Paper businesses. As a result of these transactions, we reported these paper-related operations as Discontinued Operations and reclassified the results from the Other segment to Discontinued operations in 2013. We recorded a net pre-tax loss on disposal of $25 in 2013 for the disposition of these businesses. In 2014, we recorded income of $1 in discontinued operations primarily representing adjustments to the loss on disposal recorded in 2013 due to changes in estimates.
Summarized financial information for our Discontinued Operations is as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
ITO
 
Other
 
Total
 
ITO
 
Other
 
Total
 
ITO
 
Other
 
Total
Revenues
 
$
1,320

 
$
45

 
$
1,365

 
$
1,335

 
$
497

 
$
1,832

 
$
1,213

 
$
756

 
$
1,969

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
$
74

 
$
(1
)
 
$
73

 
$
70

 
$
2

 
$
72

 
$
47

 
$
17

 
$
64

Loss on disposal
 
(181
)
 
(1
)
 
(182
)
 
—

 
(25
)
 
(25
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Net (loss) income before income taxes
 
$
(107
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(109
)
 
$
70

 
$
(23
)
 
$
47

 
$
47

 
$
17

 
$
64

Income tax expense
 
(5
)
 
(1
)
 
(6
)
 
(24
)
 
(3
)
 
(27
)
 
(16
)
 
(5
)
 
(21
)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$
(112
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(115
)
 
$
46

 
$
(26
)
 
$
20

 
$
31

 
$
12

 
$
43


The following is a summary of the the major categories of assets and liabilities of the ITO business held for sale at December 31, 2014:
 
 
2014
Accounts receivable, net
 
$
213

Other current assets
 
146

Land, buildings and equipment, net
 
220

Intangible assets, net
 
197

Goodwill
 
337

Other long-term assets
 
147

   Total Assets of Discontinued Operations
 
$
1,260

Current portion of long-term debt
 
$
31

Accounts payable
 
32

Accrued pension and benefit costs
 
9

Unearned income
 
64

Other current liabilities
 
112

Long-term debt
 
44

Pension and other benefit liabilities
 
25

Other long-term liabilities
 
54

   Total Liabilities of Discontinued Operations
 
$
371



Xerox 2014 Annual Report 81


The following is a summary of selected financial information of the ITO business for the three years ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Expense (Income):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of buildings and equipment
 
$
98

 
$
99

 
$
98

Amortization of internal use software
 
9

 
10

 
2

Amortization of acquired intangible assets
 
27

 
27

 
27

Amortization of customer contract costs
 
26

 
22

 
15

Operating lease rent expense
 
258

 
241

 
185

Defined contribution plans
 
8

 
7

 
2

Interest expense (1)
 
4

 
3

 
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment
 
$
105

 
$
99

 
$
140

Cost of additions to internal use software
 
2

 
4

 
15

Customer-related deferred set-up/transition and inducement costs
 
26

 
35

 
60

_______________
(1)
Interest expense is related to capital lease obligations, which are expected to be assumed by purchaser of the ITO business.

Note 5 – Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Amounts billed or billable
 
$
2,634

 
$
2,651

Unbilled amounts
 
319

 
390

Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
(88
)
 
(112
)
     Subtotal
 
2,865

 
2,929

Discontinued operations (1)
 
(213
)
 
—

Accounts Receivable, Net
 
$
2,652

 
$
2,929

(1)
Represents net accounts receivable related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Unbilled amounts include amounts associated with percentage-of-completion accounting and other earned revenues not currently billable due to contractual provisions. Amounts to be invoiced in the subsequent month for current services provided are included in amounts billable, and at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were approximately $997 and $1,054, respectively. The balance at December 31, 2014 includes $52 related to our ITO business.
We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon customer payment history and current creditworthiness. The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivables is determined principally on the basis of past collection experience as well as consideration of current economic conditions and changes in our customer collection trends.
Accounts Receivable Sales Arrangements
Accounts receivable sales arrangements are utilized in the normal course of business as part of our cash and liquidity management. We have facilities in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell certain accounts receivable without recourse to third-parties. The accounts receivables sold are generally short-term trade receivables with payment due dates of less than 60 days.
All of our arrangements involve the sale of our entire interest in groups of accounts receivable for cash. In most instances a portion of the sales proceeds are held back by the purchaser and payment is deferred until collection of the related receivables sold. Such holdbacks are not considered legal securities nor are they certificated. We report collections on such receivables as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows because such receivables are the result of an operating activity and the associated interest rate risk is de minimis due to their

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 82


short-term nature. Our risk of loss following the sales of accounts receivable is limited to the outstanding deferred purchase price receivable. These receivables are included in the caption “Other current assets” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $73 and $121 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Under most of the agreements, we continue to service the sold accounts receivable. When applicable, a servicing liability is recorded for the estimated fair value of the servicing. The amounts associated with the servicing liability were not material.
Of the accounts receivables sold and derecognized from our balance sheet, $580 and $723 remained uncollected as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Accounts receivable sales were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Accounts receivable sales
 
$
2,906

 
$
3,401

 
$
3,699

Deferred proceeds
 
387

 
486

 
639

Loss on sale of accounts receivable
 
15

 
17

 
21

Estimated decrease to operating cash flows(1)
 
(68
)
 
(55
)
 
(78
)
__________
(1)
Represents the difference between current and prior year fourth quarter receivable sales adjusted for the effects of: (i) the deferred proceeds, (ii) collections prior to the end of the year and (iii) currency.
Note 6 – Finance Receivables, Net
Finance receivables include sales-type leases, direct financing leases and installment loans arising from the marketing of our equipment. These receivables are typically collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Finance receivables, net were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Gross receivables
 
$
5,009

 
$
5,349

Unearned income
 
(624
)
 
(666
)
Subtotal
 
4,385

 
4,683

Residual values
 
—

 
1

Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
(131
)
 
(154
)
Finance Receivables, Net
 
4,254

 
4,530

Less: Billed portion of finance receivables, net
 
110

 
113

Less: Current portion of finance receivables not billed, net
 
1,425

 
1,500

Finance Receivables Due After One Year, Net
 
$
2,719

 
$
2,917

Contractual maturities of our gross finance receivables as of December 31, 2014 were as follows (including those already billed of $117):
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter 
 
Total 
$
1,883

 
$
1,382

 
$
958

 
$
558

 
$
205

 
$
23

 
$
5,009

Transfer and Sale of Finance Receivables
Sale of Finance Receivables
In 2013 and 2012, we transferred our entire interest in certain groups of lease finance receivables to third-party entities for cash proceeds and beneficial interests. The transfers were accounted for as sales with derecognition of the associated lease receivables. There were no transfers or sales of finance receivables in 2014. We continue to service the sold receivables and record servicing fee income over the expected life of the associated receivables. The following is a summary of our prior sales activity:

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 83


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net carrying value (NCV) sold
 
$
—

 
$
676

 
$
682

Allowance included in NCV
 
—

 
17

 
18

Cash proceeds received
 
—

 
635

 
630

Beneficial interests received
 
—

 
86

 
101

Pre-tax gain on sales
 
—

 
40

 
44

Net fees and expenses
 
—

 
5

 
5

The principal value of the finance receivables derecognized from our balance sheet was $549 and $1,006 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (sales value of approximately $596 and $1,098, respectively).
Summary Finance Receivable Sales
The lease portfolios transferred and sold were all from our Document Technology segment and the gains on these sales were reported in Financing revenues within the Document Technology segment. The ultimate purchaser has no recourse to our other assets for the failure of customers to pay principal and interest when due beyond our beneficial interests which were $77 and $150 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in Other current assets and Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Beneficial interests of $64 and $124 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are held by the bankruptcy-remote subsidiaries and therefore are not available to satisfy any of our creditor obligations. We report collections on the beneficial interests as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows because such beneficial interests are the result of an operating activity and the associated interest rate risk is de minimis considering their weighted average lives of less than 2 years.
The net impact from the sales of finance receivables on operating cash flows is summarized below:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net cash received for sales of finance receivables(1)
 
$
—

 
$
631

 
$
625

Impact from prior sales of finance receivables(2)
 
(527
)
 
(392
)
 
(45
)
Collections on beneficial interests
 
94

 
58

 
—

Estimated (Decrease) Increase to Operating Cash Flows
 
$
(433
)
 
$
297

 
$
580

____________
(1)
Net of beneficial interest, fees and expenses.
(2)
Represents cash that would have been collected if we had not sold finance receivables.
Finance Receivables - Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality
Our finance receivable portfolios are primarily in the U.S., Canada and Europe. We generally establish customer credit limits and estimate the allowance for credit losses on a country or geographic basis. Customer credit limits are based upon an initial evaluation of the customer's credit quality and we adjust that limit accordingly based upon ongoing credit assessments of the customer, including payment history and changes in credit quality.
The allowance for doubtful accounts and provision for credit losses represents an estimate of the losses expected to be incurred from the Company's finance receivable portfolio. The level of the allowance is determined on a collective basis by applying projected loss rates to our different portfolios by country, which represent our portfolio segments. This is the level at which we develop and document our methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. This loss rate is primarily based upon historical loss experience adjusted for judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data including current economic conditions as well as delinquency trends, resolution rates, the aging of receivables, credit quality indicators and the financial health of specific customer classes or groups. The allowance for doubtful finance receivables is inherently more difficult to estimate than the allowance for trade accounts receivable because the underlying lease portfolio has an average maturity, at any time, of approximately two to three years and contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts. We consider all available information in our quarterly assessments of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. The identification of account-specific exposure is not a significant factor in establishing the allowance for doubtful finance receivables. Our policy and methodology used to establish our allowance for doubtful accounts has been consistently applied over all periods presented.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 84


Since our allowance for doubtful finance receivables is determined by country, the risk characteristics in our finance receivable portfolio segments will generally be consistent with the risk factors associated with the economies of those countries/regions. Loss rates declined in the U.S. reflecting the effects of improved collections during 2014 and 2013 as well as the lower balance of finance receivables primarily due to sales in 2013 and 2012. Since Europe is comprised of various countries and regional economies, the risk profile within our European portfolio segment is somewhat more diversified due to the varying economic conditions among and within the countries. Charge-offs in Europe were $29 in 2014 as compared to $60 in the prior year, reflecting a significant improvement from the credit issues that began back in 2011. Loss rates peaked in 2011 as a result of the European economic challenges particularly for countries in the southern region.
The following table is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful finance receivables as well as the related investment in finance receivables:
Allowance for Credit Losses:
 
United States
 
Canada
 
Europe
 
Other(3)
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
50

 
$
31

 
$
85

 
$
4

 
$
170

Provision
 
13

 
11

 
53

 
4

 
81

Charge-offs
 
(8
)
 
(16
)
 
(60
)
 
(2
)
 
(86
)
Recoveries and other(1)
 
2

 
1

 
3

 
—

 
6

Sale of finance receivables
 
(12
)
 
(5
)
 
—

 
—

 
(17
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
45

 
22

 
81

 
6

 
154

Provision
 
—

 
9

 
15

 
9

 
33

Charge-offs
 
(5
)
 
(14
)
 
(29
)
 
(3
)
 
(51
)
Recoveries and other(1)
 
1

 
3

 
(9
)
 
—

 
(5
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
41

 
$
20

 
$
58

 
$
12

 
$
131

Finance Receivables Collectively Evaluated for Impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013(2)
 
$
1,666

 
$
421

 
$
2,292

 
$
304

 
$
4,683

December 31, 2014(2)
 
$
1,728

 
$
424

 
$
1,835

 
$
398

 
$
4,385

 __________
(1)
Includes the impacts of foreign currency translation and adjustments to reserves necessary to reflect events of non-payment such as customer accommodations and contract terminations.
(2)
Total Finance receivables exclude residual values of $0 and $1 and the allowance for credit losses of $131 and $154 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3)
Includes developing market countries and smaller units.

In the U.S. and Canada, customers are further evaluated or segregated by class based on industry sector. The primary customer classes are Finance & Other Services, Government & Education; Graphic Arts; Industrial; Healthcare and Other. In Europe, customers are further grouped by class based on the country or region of the customer. The primary customer classes include the U.K./Ireland, France and the following European regions - Central, Nordic and Southern. These groupings or classes are used to understand the nature and extent of our exposure to credit risk arising from finance receivables.
We evaluate our customers based on the following credit quality indicators:
•
Investment grade: This rating includes accounts with excellent to good business credit, asset quality and the capacity to meet financial obligations. These customers are less susceptible to adverse effects due to shifts in economic conditions or changes in circumstance. The rating generally equates to a Standard & Poors (S&P) rating of BBB- or better. Loss rates in this category are normally minimal at less than 1%.
•
Non-investment grade: This rating includes accounts with average credit risk that are more susceptible to loss in the event of adverse business or economic conditions. This rating generally equates to a BB S&P rating. Although we experience higher loss rates associated with this customer class, we believe the risk is somewhat mitigated by
the fact that our leases are fairly well dispersed across a large and diverse customer base. In addition, the higher loss rates are largely offset by the higher rates of return we obtain with such leases. Loss rates in this category are generally in the range of 2% to 4%.
•
Substandard: This rating includes accounts that have marginal credit risk such that the customer’s ability to make repayment is impaired or may likely become impaired. We use numerous strategies to mitigate risk including higher rates of interest, prepayments, personal guarantees, etc. Accounts in this category include customers who were downgraded during the term of the lease from investment and non-investment grade

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 85


evaluation when the lease was originated. Accordingly there is a distinct possibility for a loss of principal and interest or customer default. The loss rates in this category are around 10%.
Credit quality indicators are updated at least annually, and the credit quality of any given customer can change during the life of the portfolio. Details about our finance receivables portfolio based on industry and credit quality indicators are as follows:
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Investment
Grade
 
Non-investment
Grade
 
Sub-standard
 
Total
Finance Receivables
 
Investment
Grade
 
Non-investment
Grade
 
Sub-standard
 
Total
Finance Receivables
Finance and other services
$
195

 
$
159

 
$
55

 
$
409

 
$
189

 
$
102

 
$
34

 
$
325

Government and education
589

 
13

 
3

 
605

 
656

 
12

 
3

 
671

Graphic arts
148

 
79

 
90

 
317

 
142

 
59

 
108

 
309

Industrial
92

 
41

 
18

 
151

 
92

 
28

 
15

 
135

Healthcare
84

 
26

 
14

 
124

 
74

 
25

 
16

 
115

Other
55

 
38

 
29

 
122

 
55

 
27

 
29

 
111

Total United States
1,163

 
356

 
209

 
1,728

 
1,208

 
253

 
205

 
1,666

Finance and other services
54

 
31

 
12

 
97

 
46

 
18

 
11

 
75

Government and education
76

 
8

 
2

 
86

 
96

 
9

 
1

 
106

Graphic arts
58

 
49

 
36

 
143

 
56

 
52

 
48

 
156

Industrial
24

 
13

 
4

 
41

 
23

 
12

 
6

 
41

Other
34

 
19

 
4

 
57

 
29

 
9

 
5

 
43

Total Canada(1)
246

 
120

 
58

 
424

 
250

 
100

 
71

 
421

France
253

 
234

 
129

 
616

 
282

 
314

 
122

 
718

U.K/Ireland
255

 
101

 
6

 
362

 
199

 
171

 
42

 
412

Central(2)
230

 
278

 
30

 
538

 
287

 
394

 
43

 
724

Southern(3)
60

 
148

 
36

 
244

 
102

 
187

 
58

 
347

Nordic(4)
25

 
49

 
1

 
75

 
46

 
42

 
3

 
91

Total Europe
823

 
810

 
202

 
1,835

 
916

 
1,108

 
268

 
2,292

Other
195

 
163

 
40

 
398

 
226

 
69

 
9

 
304

Total
$
2,427

 
$
1,449

 
$
509

 
$
4,385

 
$
2,600

 
$
1,530

 
$
553

 
$
4,683

__________
(1)
Historically, the Company had included certain Canadian customers with graphic arts activity in their industry sector. In 2014, these customers were reclassified to Graphic Arts to better reflect their primary business activity. The December 31, 2013 amounts have been revised to reclassify $33 from Finance and Other Services and $38 from Industrial to Graphic Arts to be consistent with the 2014 presentation.
(2)
Switzerland, Germany, Austria, Belgium and Holland.
(3)
Italy, Greece, Spain and Portugal.
(4)
Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland.

The aging of our receivables portfolio is based upon the number of days an invoice is past due. Receivables that are more than 90 days past due are considered delinquent. Receivable losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of the receivable is confirmed and is generally based on individual credit evaluations, results of collection efforts and specific circumstances of the customer. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 86


We generally continue to maintain equipment on lease and provide services to customers that have invoices for finance receivables that are 90 days or more past due and, as a result of the bundled nature of billings, we also continue to accrue interest on those receivables. However, interest revenue for such billings is only recognized if collectability is deemed reasonably assured. The aging of our billed finance receivables is as follows:
 
December 31, 2014
 
Current
 
31-90
Days
Past Due
 
>90 Days
Past Due
 
Total Billed
 
Unbilled
 
Total
Finance
Receivables
 
>90 Days
and
Accruing
Finance and other services
$
7

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
10

 
$
399

 
$
409

 
$
13

Government and education
14

 
4

 
3

 
21

 
584

 
605

 
25

Graphic arts
12

 
1

 
1

 
14

 
303

 
317

 
6

Industrial
4

 
1

 
1

 
6

 
145

 
151

 
9

Healthcare
3

 
1

 
—

 
4

 
120

 
124

 
5

Other
3

 
1

 
—

 
4

 
118

 
122

 
6

Total United States
43

 
10

 
6

 
59

 
1,669

 
1,728

 
64

Canada
9

 
2

 
1

 
12

 
412

 
424

 
17

France
—

 
1

 
2

 
3

 
613

 
616

 
35

U.K./Ireland
1

 
—

 
—

 
1

 
361

 
362

 
1

Central(1)
2

 
2

 
1

 
5

 
533

 
538

 
15

Southern(2)
14

 
4

 
4

 
22

 
222

 
244

 
17

Nordic(3)
1

 
—

 
—

 
1

 
74

 
75

 
2

Total Europe
18

 
7

 
7

 
32

 
1,803

 
1,835

 
70

Other
13

 
1

 
—

 
14

 
384

 
398

 
—

Total
$
83

 
$
20

 
$
14

 
$
117

 
$
4,268

 
$
4,385

 
$
151


 
December 31, 2013
 
Current
 
31-90
Days
Past Due
 
>90 Days
Past Due
 
Total Billed
 
Unbilled
 
Total
Finance
Receivables
 
>90 Days
and
Accruing
Finance and other services
$
7

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
10

 
$
315

 
$
325

 
$
12

Government and education
17

 
4

 
3

 
24

 
647

 
671

 
34

Graphic arts
12

 
1

 
—

 
13

 
296

 
309

 
5

Industrial
3

 
1

 
1

 
5

 
130

 
135

 
6

Healthcare
3

 
1

 
—

 
4

 
111

 
115

 
5

Other
3

 
1

 
—

 
4

 
107

 
111

 
3

Total United States
45

 
10

 
5

 
60

 
1,606

 
1,666

 
65

Canada
4

 
3

 
3

 
10

 
411

 
421

 
19

France
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
718

 
718

 
40

U.K./Ireland
1

 
1

 
—

 
2

 
410

 
412

 
2

Central(1)
3

 
2

 
3

 
8

 
716

 
724

 
23

Southern(2)
21

 
5

 
7

 
33

 
314

 
347

 
45

Nordic(3)
2

 
—

 
—

 
2

 
89

 
91

 
—

Total Europe
27

 
8

 
10

 
45

 
2,247

 
2,292

 
110

Other
8

 
1

 
—

 
9

 
295

 
304

 
—

Total
$
84

 
$
22

 
$
18

 
$
124

 
$
4,559

 
$
4,683

 
$
194

 ___________
(1)
Switzerland, Germany, Austria, Belgium and Holland.
(2)
Italy, Greece, Spain and Portugal.
(3)
Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 87


Note 7 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net
The following is a summary of Inventories by major category:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Finished goods
 
$
778

 
$
837

Work-in-process
 
58

 
60

Raw materials
 
98

 
101

Total Inventories
 
$
934

 
$
998

The transfer of equipment from our inventories to equipment subject to an operating lease is presented in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the operating activities section. Equipment on operating leases and similar arrangements consists of our equipment rented to customers and depreciated to estimated salvage value at the end of the lease term.
Equipment on operating leases and the related accumulated depreciation were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Equipment on operating leases
 
$
1,531

 
$
1,575

Accumulated depreciation
 
(1,006
)
 
(1,016
)
Equipment on Operating Leases, Net
 
$
525

 
$
559

Depreciable lives generally vary from three to four years consistent with our planned and historical usage of the equipment subject to operating leases. Our equipment operating lease terms vary, generally from one to three years. Scheduled minimum future rental revenues on operating leases with original terms of one year or longer are:
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter 
$
339

 
$
246

 
$
155

 
$
82

 
$
34

 
$
5

 
Total contingent rentals on operating leases, consisting principally of usage charges in excess of minimum contracted amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $149, $151 and $158, respectively.
Note 8 - Land, Buildings, Equipment and Software, Net
Land, buildings and equipment, net were as follows:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
Estimated Useful Lives (Years)
 
2014
 
2013
Land
 

 
$
46

 
$
50

Building and building equipment
 
25 to 50
 
1,038

 
1,086

Leasehold improvements
 
Varies
 
486

 
483

Plant machinery
 
5 to 12
 
1,375

 
1,493

Office furniture and equipment
 
3 to 15
 
1,938

 
1,826

Other
 
4 to 20
 
78

 
83

Construction in progress
 

 
80

 
66

Subtotal
 
 
 
5,041

 
5,087

Accumulated depreciation
 
 
 
(3,698
)
 
(3,621
)
Subtotal
 
 
 
1,343

 
1,466

Discontinued operations (1)
 
 
 
(220
)
 
—

Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net
 
 
 
$
1,123

 
$
1,466

___________
(1)
Represents net fixed assets related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 88


Depreciation expense and operating lease rent expense were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Depreciation expense (1)
 
$
324

 
$
332

 
$
354

Operating lease rent expense(1)
 
560

 
513

 
461

___________
(1)
Excludes amounts related to our ITO business which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

We lease buildings and equipment, substantially all of which are accounted for as operating leases. Capital leased assets were approximately $180 and $150 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Capital lease assets at December 31, 2014 includes approximately $75 related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Future minimum operating lease commitments that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2014 were as follows:
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter  
Continuing operations
 
$
469

 
$
347

 
$
170

 
$
104

 
$
79

 
$
57

Discontinued operations (1)
 
117

 
43

 
18

 
8

 
6

 
—

Minimum operating lease commitments
 
$
586

 
$
390

 
$
188

 
$
112

 
$
85

 
$
57

___________
(1)
Reflects lease commitments related to our ITO business which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Internal Use and Product Software
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Additions to:
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Internal use software (1)
 
$
82

 
$
77

 
$
110

Product software
 
23

 
28

 
107

___________
(1)
Excludes amounts related to our ITO business which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
 
 
December 31,
Capitalized costs, net:
 
2014
 
2013
Internal use software (1)
 
$
454

 
$
506

Product software
 
307

 
343

___________
(1)
Internal use software at December 31, 2014 includes $20 related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Useful lives of our internal use and product software generally vary from three to ten years.

Included within product software at December 31, 2014 is approximately $250 of capitalized costs associated with significant software system platforms developed for use in certain of our government services businesses. We regularly review these software system platforms for impairment. Our impairment reviews for 2014 and 2013 indicated that the costs would be recoverable from estimated future operating profits; however, those future operating profits are heavily dependent on our ability to successfully complete existing contracts as well as obtain future contracts.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 89


Note 9 – Investment in Affiliates, at Equity
Investments in corporate joint ventures and other companies in which we generally have a 20% to 50% ownership interest were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Fuji Xerox
 
$
1,275

 
$
1,224

Other
 
63

 
61

Investments in Affiliates, at Equity
 
$
1,338

 
$
1,285

 Our equity in net income of our unconsolidated affiliates was as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Fuji Xerox
 
$
147

 
$
156

 
$
139

Other
 
13

 
13

 
13

Total Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates
 
$
160

 
$
169

 
$
152

Fuji Xerox
Fuji Xerox is headquartered in Tokyo and operates in Japan, China, Australia, New Zealand, Vietnam and other areas of the Pacific Rim. Our investment in Fuji Xerox of $1,275 at December 31, 2014, differs from our implied 25% interest in the underlying net assets, or $1,367, due primarily to our deferral of gains resulting from sales of assets by us to Fuji Xerox.
Equity in net income of Fuji Xerox is affected by certain adjustments to reflect the deferral of profit associated with intercompany sales. These adjustments may result in recorded equity income that is different from that implied by our 25% ownership interest.
Summarized financial information for Fuji Xerox is as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Summary of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
11,112

 
$
11,415

 
$
12,633

Costs and expenses
 
10,242

 
10,479

 
11,783

Income before income taxes
 
870

 
936

 
850

Income tax expense
 
262

 
276

 
279

Net Income
 
608

 
660

 
571

Less: Net income - noncontrolling interests
 
4

 
5

 
6

Net Income - Fuji Xerox
 
$
604

 
$
655

 
$
565

Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
4,801

 
$
4,955

 
$
5,154

Long-term assets
 
4,742

 
5,160

 
6,158

Total Assets
 
$
9,543

 
$
10,115

 
$
11,312

Liabilities and Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
$
2,982

 
$
3,114

 
$
3,465

Long-term debt
 
580

 
978

 
1,185

Other long-term liabilities
 
482

 
680

 
917

Noncontrolling interests
 
30

 
28

 
27

Fuji Xerox shareholders' equity
 
5,469

 
5,315

 
5,718

Total Liabilities and Equity
 
$
9,543

 
$
10,115

 
$
11,312

 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 90


Yen/U.S. Dollar exchange rates used to translate are as follows:
Financial Statement
 
Exchange Basis 
 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

Summary of Operations
 
Weighted average rate
 
105.58

 
97.52

 
79.89

Balance Sheet
 
Year-end rate
 
119.46

 
105.15

 
86.01

Transactions with Fuji Xerox
We receive dividends from Fuji Xerox, which are reflected as a reduction in our investment. Additionally, we have a Technology Agreement with Fuji Xerox whereby we receive royalty payments for their use of our Xerox brand trademark, as well as rights to access our patent portfolio in exchange for access to their patent portfolio. These payments are included in Outsourcing, maintenance and rental revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. We also have arrangements with Fuji Xerox whereby we purchase inventory from and sell inventory to Fuji Xerox. Pricing of the transactions under these arrangements is based upon terms the Company believes to be negotiated at arm's length. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. In addition, we pay Fuji Xerox and they pay us for unique research and development costs.
Transactions with Fuji Xerox were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Dividends received from Fuji Xerox
 
$
58

 
$
60

 
$
52

Royalty revenue earned
 
115

 
118

 
132

Inventory purchases from Fuji Xerox
 
1,831

 
1,903

 
2,069

Inventory sales to Fuji Xerox
 
120

 
145

 
147

R&D payments received from Fuji Xerox
 
1

 
2

 
2

R&D payments paid to Fuji Xerox
 
17

 
21

 
15

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, net amounts due to Fuji Xerox were $339 and $402 (corrected from $85
originally disclosed in the December 31, 2013 Form 10-K), respectively.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 91


Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
Goodwill
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment:
 
 
Services
 
Document Technology
 
Total 
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
6,619

 
$
2,184

 
$
8,803

Foreign currency translation
 
41

 
34

 
75

Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
WDS
 
69

 
—

 
69

R.K. Dixon
 
—

 
30

 
30

Other
 
51

 
34

 
85

Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
6,780

 
$
2,282

 
$
9,062

Foreign currency translation
 
6

 
16

 
22

Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Zeno
 
—

 
44

 
44

Impika
 
—

 
43

 
43

Other
 
29

 
5

 
34

Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
6,815

 
$
2,390

 
$
9,205

Foreign currency translation
 
(98
)
 
(56
)
 
(154
)
Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Invoco
 
39

 
—

 
39

ISG
 
166

 
—

 
166

Consilience
 
23

 
—

 
23

Other
 
2

 
19

 
21

Divestitures (1)
 
(495
)
 
—

 
(495
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
6,452

 
$
2,353

 
$
8,805

___________
(1)
Primarily represents goodwill related to our ITO business ($487) which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Intangible Assets, Net
Net intangible assets were $2,031 at December 31, 2014 of which $1,677 relate to our Services segment and $354 relate to our Document Technology segment. Intangible assets were comprised of the following:
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Weighted Average
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
Customer relationships
 
12 years
 
$
3,636

 
$
1,670

 
$
1,966

 
$
3,580

 
$
1,359

 
$
2,221

Distribution network
 
25 years
 
123

 
74

 
49

 
123

 
69

 
54

Trademarks
 
20 years
 
274

 
87

 
187

 
269

 
72

 
197

Technology, patents and non-compete
 
9 years
 
40

 
14

 
26

 
41

 
10

 
31

   Subtotal
 
 
 
4,073

 
1,845

 
2,228

 
4,013

 
1,510

 
2,503

Discontinued Operations(1)
 
 
 
(335
)
 
(138
)
 
(197
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Total Intangible Assets
 
 
 
$
3,738

 
$
1,707

 
$
2,031

 
$
4,013

 
$
1,510

 
$
2,503

 _______________
(1)
Represents net intangible assets related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $315, $305, and $301 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively1. Excluding the impact of additional acquisitions, amortization expense is expected to approximate $305 in 2015 and 2016, and $300 in years 2017, 2018 and 20191.

(1)
Excludes amounts related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 92



Note 11 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges
We continue to engage in a series of restructuring programs related to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain activities, outsourcing certain internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost structure and improve productivity. These initiatives primarily consist of severance actions and impact all major geographies and segments. Management continues to evaluate our business, therefore, in future years, there may be additional provisions for new plan initiatives as well as changes in previously recorded estimates, as payments are made or actions are completed. Asset impairment charges were also incurred in connection with these restructuring actions for those assets sold, abandoned or made obsolete as a result of these programs.
Costs associated with restructuring, including employee severance and lease termination costs are generally recognized when it has been determined that a liability has been incurred, which is generally upon communication to the affected employees or exit from the leased facility, respectively. In those geographies where we have either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, we recognize employee severance costs when they are both probable and reasonably estimable.
A summary of our restructuring program activity during the three years ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:
 
 
Severance and
Related Costs
 
Lease Cancellation
and Other Costs
 
Asset Impairments(1)
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
116

 
$
7

 
$
—

 
$
123

Restructuring provision
 
156

 
5

 
2

 
163

Reversals of prior accruals
 
(13
)
 
—

 
(1
)
 
(14
)
Net current period charges - continuing operations(2)
 
143

 
5

 
1

 
149

Discontinued operations(3)
 
4

 
—

 
—

 
4

Total Net Current Period Charges
 
147

 
5

 
1

 
153

Charges against reserve and currency
 
(140
)
 
(5
)
 
(1
)
 
(146
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
123

 
7

 
—

 
130

Restructuring provision
 
141

 
2

 
1

 
144

Reversals of prior accruals
 
(29
)
 
—

 
—

 
(29
)
Net current period charges - continuing operations(2)
 
112

 
2

 
1

 
115

Discontinued operations(3)
 
7

 
—

 
—

 
7

Total Net Current Period Charges
 
119

 
2

 
1

 
122

Charges against reserve and currency
 
(133
)
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(136
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
109

 
7

 
—

 
116

Restructuring provision
 
143

 
5

 
7

 
155

Reversals of prior accruals
 
(25
)
 
(2
)
 
—

 
(27
)
Net current period charges - continuing operations(2)
 
118

 
3

 
7

 
128

Discontinued operations(3)
 
2

 
—

 
—

 
2

Total Net Current Period Charges
 
120

 
3

 
7

 
130

Charges against reserve and currency
 
(136
)
 
(6
)
 
(7
)
 
(149
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
93

 
$
4

 
$
—

 
$
97

 ________________
(1)
Charges associated with asset impairments represent the write-down of the related assets to their new cost basis and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of the provision.
(2)
Represents amount recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years shown.
(3)
Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding discontinued operations.

The following table summarizes the reconciliation to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Charges against reserve
 
$
(149
)
 
$
(136
)
 
$
(146
)
Asset impairment
 
7

 
1

 
1

Effects of foreign currency and other non-cash items
 
9

 
(1
)
 
1

Restructuring Cash Payments
 
$
(133
)
 
$
(136
)
 
$
(144
)

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 93


The following table summarizes the total amount of costs incurred in connection with these restructuring programs by segment:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Services
 
$
38

 
$
38

 
$
66

Document Technology
 
76

 
77

 
83

Other
 
14

 
—

 
—

Total Net Restructuring Charges
 
$
128

 
$
115

 
$
149



Xerox 2014 Annual Report 94


Note 12 - Supplementary Financial Information
The components of other current and long-term assets and liabilities were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Other Current Assets
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxes and income taxes receivable
 
$
426

 
$
253

Royalties, license fees and software maintenance
 
190

 
185

Restricted cash
 
113

 
147

Prepaid expenses
 
134

 
143

Derivative instruments
 
22

 
6

Deferred purchase price from sales of accounts receivables
 
73

 
121

Beneficial interests - sales of finance receivables
 
35

 
64

Advances and deposits
 
29

 
32

Other
 
206

 
256

Discontinued operations (1)
 
(146
)
 
—

Total Other Current Assets
 
$
1,082

 
$
1,207

Other Current Liabilities
 
 

 
 

Deferred taxes and income taxes payable
 
$
120

 
$
87

Other taxes payable
 
134

 
180

Interest payable
 
78

 
80

Restructuring reserves
 
94

 
108

Derivative instruments
 
58

 
70

Product warranties
 
11

 
13

Dividends payable
 
88

 
84

Distributor and reseller rebates/commissions
 
120

 
125

Servicer liabilities
 
107

 
140

Other
 
811

 
826

Discontinued operations (1)
 
(112
)
 
—

Total Other Current Liabilities
 
$
1,509

 
$
1,713

Other Long-term Assets
 
 

 
 

Deferred taxes and income taxes receivable
 
$
367

 
$
377

Prepaid pension costs
 
17

 
55

Net investment in TRG
 
158

 
173

Internal use software, net
 
454

 
506

Product software, net
 
307

 
343

Restricted cash
 
139

 
170

Debt issuance costs, net
 
31

 
31

Customer contract costs, net
 
323

 
399

Beneficial interest - sales of finance receivables
 
42

 
86

Deferred compensation plan investments
 
125

 
116

Other
 
427

 
334

Discontinued operations (1)
 
(147
)
 
—

Total Other Long-term Assets
 
$
2,243

 
$
2,590

Other Long-term Liabilities
 
 

 
 

Deferred taxes and income taxes payable
 
$
142

 
$
286

Environmental reserves
 
9

 
12

Unearned income
 
166

 
168

Restructuring reserves
 
3

 
8

Other
 
232

 
283

Discontinued operations (1)
 
(54
)
 
—

Total Other Long-term Liabilities
 
$
498

 
$
757


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 95


(1)
Represents assets and liabilities related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Restricted Cash and Investments
As more fully discussed in Note 18 - Contingencies and Litigation, various litigation matters in Brazil require us to make cash deposits to escrow as a condition of continuing the litigation. In addition, as more fully discussed in Note 5 - Accounts Receivable, Net and Note 6 - Finance Receivables, Net, we continue to service the receivables sold under most of our receivable sale agreements. As servicer, we may collect cash related to sold receivables prior to year-end that will be remitted to the purchaser the following year. Since we are acting on behalf of the purchaser in our capacity as servicer, such cash collected is reported as restricted cash. Restricted cash amounts are classified in our Consolidated Balance Sheets based on when the cash will be contractually or judicially released.

Restricted cash amounts were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Tax and labor litigation deposits in Brazil
 
$
135

 
$
167

Escrow and cash collections related to receivable sales
 
107

 
140

Other restricted cash
 
10

 
10

Total Restricted Cash and Investments
 
$
252

 
$
317


Net Investment in TRG
At December 31, 2014, our net investment in discontinued operations primarily consisted of a $174 performance-based instrument relating to the 1997 sale of The Resolution Group (TRG) net of remaining net liabilities associated with our discontinued operations of $16. The recovery of the performance-based instrument is dependent on the sufficiency of TRG's available cash flows, as guaranteed by TRG's ultimate parent, which are expected to be recovered in annual cash distributions through 2017. The performance-based instrument is pledged as security for our future funding obligations to our U.K. Pension Plan for salaried employees.
Note 13 – Debt
Short-term borrowings were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Commercial paper
 
$
150

 
$
—

Notes Payable
 
1

 
5

Current maturities of long-term debt
 
1,307

 
1,112

Discontinued operations - capital leases (1)
 
(31
)
 
—

Total Short-term Debt
 
$
1,427

 
$
1,117

 ____________
(1)
Represents current capital lease obligations related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

We classify our debt based on the contractual maturity dates of the underlying debt instruments or as of the earliest put date available to the debt holders. We defer costs associated with debt issuance over the applicable term, or to the first put date in the case of convertible debt or debt with a put feature. These costs are amortized as interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 96


Long-term debt was as follows:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
Weighted Average Interest Rates at December 31, 2014(2) 
 
2014
 
2013
Xerox Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 

Convertible Notes due 2014
 
—
%
 
$
—

 
$
9

Senior Notes due 2014
 
—
%
 
—

 
750

Floating Rate Notes due 2014
 
—
%
 
—

 
300

Senior Notes due 2015
 
4.29
%
 
1,000

 
1,000

Notes due 2016
 
7.20
%
 
250

 
250

Senior Notes due 2016
 
6.48
%
 
700

 
700

Senior Notes due 2017
 
6.83
%
 
500

 
500

Senior Notes due 2017
 
2.98
%
 
500

 
500

Notes due 2018
 
0.57
%
 
1

 
1

Senior Notes due 2018
 
6.37
%
 
1,000

 
1,000

Senior Notes due 2019
 
2.77
%
 
500

 
500

Senior Notes due 2019
 
5.66
%
 
650

 
650

Senior Notes due 2020
 
2.81
%
 
400

 
—

Senior Notes due 2021
 
5.39
%
 
1,062

 
1,062

Senior Notes due 2024
 
3.84
%
 
300

 
—

Senior Notes due 2039
 
6.78
%
 
350

 
350

   Subtotal - Xerox Corporation
 
 
 
$
7,213

 
$
7,572

Subsidiary Companies
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Notes due 2015
 
4.25
%
 
250

 
250

Borrowings secured by other assets
 
3.85
%
 
180

 
146

Other
 
1.20
%
 
3

 
6

   Subtotal - Subsidiary Companies
 
 
 
$
433

 
$
402

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal debt balance
 
 
 
7,646

 
7,974

Unamortized discount
 
 
 
(54
)
 
(58
)
Fair value adjustments(1)
 
 
 


 


   Terminated swaps
 
 
 
68

 
100

   Current swaps
 
 
 
5

 
—

Less: current maturities
 
 
 
(1,307
)
 
(1,112
)
Discontinued Operations (3)
 
 
 
(44
)
 
—

Total Long-term Debt
 
 
 
$
6,314

 
$
6,904

 ____________

(1)
Fair value adjustments include the following: (i) fair value adjustments to debt associated with terminated interest rate swaps, which are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related notes; and (ii) changes in fair value of hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates. Hedge accounting requires hedged debt instruments to be reported inclusive of any fair value adjustment.
(2)
Represents weighted average effective interest rate which includes the effect of discounts and premiums on issued debt.
(3)
Represents long-term capital lease obligations related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.



Xerox 2014 Annual Report 97


Scheduled principal payments due on our long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
 
 
2015(1)

 
2016

 
2017

 
2018

 
2019

 
Thereafter

 
Total 

Continuing operations
 
$
1,276

 
$
974

 
$
1,023

 
$
1,017

 
$
1,158

 
$
2,123

 
$
7,571

Discontinued operations (2)
 
31

 
24

 
14

 
6

 
—

 
—

 
75

Total Long-term Principal Payments
 
$
1,307

 
$
998

 
$
1,037

 
$
1,023

 
$
1,158

 
$
2,123

 
$
7,646

 _____________

(1)
Quarterly long-term debt maturities from continuing operations for 2015 are $1,007, $256, $7 and $6 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.
(2)
Represents payments on capital lease obligations related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Commercial Paper
We have a private placement commercial paper (CP) program in the U.S. under which we may issue CP up to a maximum amount of $2.0 billion outstanding at any time. Aggregate CP and Credit Facility borrowings may not exceed $2.0 billion outstanding at any time. The maturities of the CP Notes will vary, but may not exceed 390 days from the date of issue. The CP Notes are sold at a discount from par or, alternatively, sold at par and bear interest at market rates. CP outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $150 and $0, respectively.

Credit Facility
In 2014, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that extended the maturity date of our $2.0 billion unsecured revolving Credit Facility to 2019 from 2016. The amendment also included modest improvements in pricing and minor changes in the composition of the group of lenders. The amended and restated Credit Facility contains a $300 letter of credit sub-facility, and also includes an accordion feature that would allow us to increase (from time to time, with willing lenders) the overall size of the facility up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.75 billion. We also have the right to request a one year extension on each of the first and second anniversaries of the amendment date.

We deferred $7 of debt issuance costs in connection with this amendment, which included approximately $4 of unamortized deferred debt issue costs associated with the previous Credit Facility. The write-off of debt issuance costs associated with lenders that reduced their participation in the amended and restated Credit Facility was not material.

The Credit Facility provides a backstop to our $2.0 billion CP program. Proceeds from any borrowings under the Credit Facility can be used to provide working capital for the Company and its subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes.

At December 31, 2014 we had no outstanding borrowings or letters of credit under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility is available, without sublimit, to certain of our qualifying subsidiaries. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured and are not currently guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. Any domestic subsidiary that guarantees more than $100 of Xerox Corporation debt must also guaranty our obligations under the Credit Facility. In the event that any of our subsidiaries borrows under the Credit Facility, its borrowings thereunder would be guaranteed by us.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at our choice, at either (a) a Base Rate as defined in our Credit Facility agreement, plus a spread that varies between 0.00% and 0.45% depending on our credit rating at the time of borrowing, or (b) LIBOR plus an all-in spread that varies between 0.90% and 1.45% depending on our credit rating at the time of borrowing. Based on our credit rating as of December 31, 2014, the applicable all-in spreads for the Base Rate and LIBOR borrowing were 0.10% and 1.10%, respectively.

An annual facility fee is payable to each lender in the Credit Facility at a rate that varies between 0.10% and 0.30% depending on our credit rating. Based on our credit rating as of December 31, 2014, the applicable rate is 0.15%.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 98


The Credit Facility contains various conditions to borrowing and affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. Certain of the more significant covenants are summarized below:
(a)
Maximum leverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as principal debt divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined) of 3.75x.
(b)
Minimum interest coverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense) may not be less than 3.00x.
(c)
Limitations on (i) liens of Xerox and certain of our subsidiaries securing debt, (ii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure, (iii) changes in nature of business and (iv) limitations on debt incurred by certain subsidiaries.

The Credit Facility also contains various events of default, the occurrence of which could result in termination of the lenders' commitments to lend and the acceleration of all our obligations under the Credit Facility. These events of default include, without limitation: (i) payment defaults, (ii) breaches of covenants under the Credit Facility (certain of which breaches do not have any grace period), (iii) cross-defaults and acceleration to certain of our other obligations and (iv) a change of control of Xerox.
 
Interest
Interest paid on our short-term and long-term debt amounted to $400, $435 and $464 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Interest expense and interest income was as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Interest expense(1) (3)
 
$
377

 
$
403

 
$
427

Interest income(2)
 
397

 
494

 
610

  ___________

(1)
Includes Equipment financing interest expense, as well as non-financing interest expense included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(2)
Includes Finance income, as well as other interest income that is included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(3)
Excludes interest on capital lease obligations related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
Equipment financing interest is determined based on an estimated cost of funds, applied against the estimated level of debt required to support our net finance receivables. The estimated cost of funds is based on our overall corporate cost of borrowing adjusted to reflect a rate that would be paid by a typical BBB rated leasing company. The estimated level of debt is based on an assumed 7 to 1 leverage ratio of debt/equity as compared to our average finance receivable balance during the applicable period.
Net (Payments) Proceeds on Debt 
Net (payments) proceeds on debt as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows was as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net proceeds (payments) on short-term debt
 
$
145

 
$
5

 
$
(108
)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
 
808

 
617

 
1,116

Payments on long-term debt
 
(1,128
)
 
(1,056
)
 
(1,116
)
Net Payments on Other Debt
 
$
(175
)
 
$
(434
)
 
$
(108
)


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 99


Note 14 – Financial Instruments
We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures, as well as to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. We enter into limited types of derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency spot, forward and swap contracts and net purchased foreign currency options to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. Our primary foreign currency market exposures include the Japanese Yen, Euro and U.K. Pound Sterling. The fair market values of all our derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency exchange rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes. The related cash flow impacts of all of our derivative activities are reflected as cash flows from operating activities.
We do not believe there is significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with our derivative instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions. Further, our policy is to deal only with counterparties having a minimum investment grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such counterparties.
Interest Rate Risk Management
We use interest rate swap agreements to manage our interest rate exposure and to achieve a desired proportion of variable and fixed rate debt. These derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges depending on the nature of the risk being hedged.
Terminated Swaps
During the period from 2004 to 2011, we early terminated several interest rate swaps that were designated as fair value hedges of certain debt instruments. The associated net fair value adjustments to the debt instruments are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related notes. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the amortization of these fair value adjustments reduced interest expense by $31, $42 and $49, respectively, and we expect to record a net decrease in interest expense of $68 in future years through 2018.
Fair Value Hedges
As of December 31, 2014, pay variable/received fixed interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $300 and net asset fair value of $5 were designated and accounted for as fair value hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the fair value of related debt by converting them from fixed rate instruments to variable rate instruments. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2014. We did not have any interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2013.
The following is a summary of our fair value hedges at December 31, 2014:
Debt Instrument
 
Year First Designated
 
Notional Amount
 
Net Fair Value
 
Weighted Average Interest Rate Paid
 
Interest Rate Received
 
Basis
 
Maturity
Senior Note 2021
 
2014
 
$
300

 
$
5

 
2.43
%
 
4.50
%
 
Libor
 
2021
Foreign Exchange Risk Management
As a global company, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the normal course of our business. As a part of our foreign exchange risk management strategy, we use derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts and purchased option contracts, to hedge the following foreign currency exposures, thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting fair values of assets and liabilities: 
•
Foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities
•
Forecasted purchases, and sales in foreign currency
Summary of Foreign Exchange Hedging Positions
At December 31, 2014, we had outstanding forward exchange and purchased option contracts with gross notional values of $2,991, which is typical of the amounts that are normally outstanding at any point during the year. Approximately 75% of these contracts mature within three months, 7% in three to six months and 18% in six to twelve months.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 100


 
The following is a summary of the primary hedging positions and corresponding fair values as of December 31, 2014:
Currencies Hedged (Buy/Sell)
 
Gross
Notional
Value
 
Fair  Value
Asset
(Liability)(1)
Euro/U.K. Pound Sterling
 
$
785

 
$
(11
)
U.S. Dollar/Euro
 
450

 
15

Japanese Yen/U.S. Dollar
 
442

 
(33
)
Japanese Yen/Euro
 
338

 
(4
)
Canadian Dollar/Euro
 
299

 
(1
)
U.K. Pound Sterling/Euro
 
153

 
1

Swiss Franc/Euro
 
83

 
—

Philippine Peso/U.S. Dollar
 
67

 
—

Indian Rupee/U.S. Dollar
 
62

 
(1
)
Euro/U.S. Dollar
 
53

 
(1
)
Mexican Peso/U.S. Dollar
 
52

 
(2
)
Euro/Danish Krone
 
24

 
—

U.S. Dollar/Philippine Peso
 
23

 
—

U.S. Dollar/Canadian Dollar
 
23

 
—

Mexican Peso/Euro
 
22

 
—

All Other
 
115

 
1

Total Foreign Exchange Hedging
 
$
2,991

 
$
(36
)
____________
(1)
Represents the net receivable (payable) amount included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014.
Foreign Currency Cash Flow Hedges
We designate a portion of our foreign currency derivative contracts as cash flow hedges of our foreign currency-denominated inventory purchases, sales and expenses. No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The net liability fair value of these contracts was $30 and $50 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
 
Summary of Derivative Instruments Fair Value
The following table provides a summary of the fair value amounts of our derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
Designation of Derivatives
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
2014
 
2013
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
Other current assets
 
$
7

 
$
1

 
 
Other current liabilities
 
(39
)
 
(51
)
Foreign currency options
 
Other current assets
 
2

 
—

Interest rate swaps
 
Other long-term assets
 
5

 
—

 
 
Net Designated Derivative Liability
 
$
(25
)
 
$
(50
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives NOT Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
Other current assets
 
$
13

 
$
5

 
 
Other current liabilities
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
 
 
Net Undesignated Derivative Liability
 
$
(6
)
 
$
(14
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of Derivatives
 
Total Derivative Assets
 
$
27

 
$
6

 
 
Total Derivative Liabilities
 
(58
)
 
(70
)
 
 
Net Derivative Liability
 
$
(31
)
 
$
(64
)

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 101


Summary of Derivative Instruments Gains (Losses)
Derivative gains and (losses) affect the income statement based on whether such derivatives are designated as hedges of underlying exposures. The following is a summary of derivative gains and (losses).
Designated Derivative Instruments Gains (Losses)
The following tables provide a summary of gains (losses) on derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives in Fair Value
Relationships
 
Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income
 
Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
 
Hedged Item Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Interest rate contracts
 
Interest expense
 
$
5

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
(5
)
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships
 
Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI (Effective Portion)
 
Location of Derivative
Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Income (Effective Portion)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards/options
 
$
(20
)
 
$
(126
)
 
$
(50
)
 
Cost of sales
 
$
(36
)
 
$
(123
)
 
$
37

No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or (loss) were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. In addition, no amount was recorded for an underlying exposure that did not occur or was not expected to occur.
As of December 31, 2014, net after-tax losses of $22 were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss associated with our cash flow hedging activity. The entire balance is expected to be reclassified into net income within the next 12 months, providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying anticipated transactions.
Non-Designated Derivative Instruments Losses
Non-designated derivative instruments are primarily instruments used to hedge foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. They are not designated as hedges since there is a natural offset for the re-measurement of the underlying foreign currency-denominated asset or liability.
The following table provides a summary of losses on non-designated derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives NOT Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
Location of Derivative Loss
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
Other expense – Currency losses, net
 
$
(10
)
 
$
(86
)
 
$
(38
)
During the three years ended December 31, 2014, we recorded Currency (losses) gains, net of $(5), $7 and $(3), respectively. Currency (losses) gains, net includes the mark-to-market adjustments of the derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and the related cost of those derivatives, as well as the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 102


Note 15 – Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities
The following table represents assets and liabilities fair value measured on a recurring basis. The basis for the measurement at fair value in all cases is Level 2 – Significant Other Observable Inputs.
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts - forwards
 
$
20

 
$
6

Foreign currency options
 
2

 
—

Interest rate swaps
 
5

 
—

Deferred compensation investments in cash surrender life insurance
 
94

 
88

Deferred compensation investments in mutual funds
 
32

 
28

Total
 
$
153

 
$
122

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts - forwards
 
$
58

 
$
70

Deferred compensation plan liabilities
 
135

 
125

Total
 
$
193

 
$
195

We utilize the income approach to measure the fair value for our derivative assets and liabilities. The income approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves, currency exchange rates and forward prices, and therefore are classified as Level 2.
Fair value for our deferred compensation plan investments in Company-owned life insurance is reflected at cash surrender value. Fair value for our deferred compensation plan investments in mutual funds is based on quoted market prices for actively traded investments similar to those held by the plan. Fair value for deferred compensation plan liabilities is based on the fair value of investments corresponding to employees’ investment selections, based on quoted prices for similar assets in actively traded markets.
Summary of Other Financial Assets and Liabilities Fair Value Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis
The estimated fair values of our other financial assets and liabilities fair value measured on a nonrecurring basis were as follows:
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,411

 
$
1,411

 
$
1,764

 
$
1,764

Accounts receivable, net
2,652

 
2,652

 
2,929

 
2,929

Short-term debt
1,427

 
1,417

 
1,117

 
1,126

Long-term debt
6,314

 
6,719

 
6,904

 
7,307

The fair value amounts for Cash and cash equivalents and Accounts receivable, net, approximate carrying amounts due to the short maturities of these instruments. The fair value of Short and Long-term debt was estimated based on quoted market prices for publicly traded securities (Level 1) or on the current rates offered to us for debt of similar maturities (Level 2). The difference between the fair value and the carrying value represents the theoretical net premium or discount we would pay or receive to retire all debt at such date.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 103


Note 16 – Employee Benefit Plans
We sponsor numerous defined benefit and defined contribution pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, primarily retiree health care, in our domestic and international operations. December 31 is the measurement date for all of our post-retirement benefit plans.
 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Plans
 
Non-U.S. Plans
 
Retiree Health
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Change in Benefit Obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation, January 1
 
$
3,893

 
$
5,033

 
$
6,664

 
$
6,708

 
$
856

 
$
989

Service cost
 
9

 
10

 
34

 
91

 
9

 
9

Interest cost
 
281

 
154

 
272

 
260

 
36

 
33

Plan participants' contributions
 
—

 
—

 
5

 
6

 
16

 
14

Actuarial loss (gain)
 
813

 
(440
)
 
1,069

 
(203
)
 
119

 
(88
)
Currency exchange rate changes
 
—

 
—

 
(594
)
 
98

 
(13
)
 
(10
)
Curtailments
 
(7
)
 
—

 
—

 
(10
)
 
—

 
—

Benefits paid/settlements
 
(273
)
 
(864
)
 
(279
)
 
(264
)
 
(86
)
 
(91
)
Other
 
—

 
—

 
(5
)
 
(22
)
 
—

 
—

Benefit Obligation, December 31
 
$
4,716

 
$
3,893

 
$
7,166

 
$
6,664

 
$
937

 
$
856

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Plan Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets, January 1
 
$
2,876

 
$
3,573

 
$
5,789

 
$
5,431

 
$
—

 
$
—

Actual return on plan assets
 
398

 
139

 
899

 
326

 
—

 
—

Employer contribution
 
124

 
27

 
160

 
203

 
70

 
77

Plan participants' contributions
 
—

 
—

 
5

 
6

 
16

 
14

Currency exchange rate changes
 
—

 
—

 
(484
)
 
88

 
—

 
—

Benefits paid/settlements
 
(273
)
 
(864
)
 
(279
)
 
(264
)
 
(86
)
 
(91
)
Other
 
1

 
1

 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
—

 
—

Fair Value of Plan Assets, December 31
 
$
3,126

 
$
2,876

 
$
6,088

 
$
5,789

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Funded Status at December 31(1)
 
$
(1,590
)
 
$
(1,017
)
 
$
(1,078
)
 
$
(875
)
 
$
(937
)
 
$
(856
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Other long-term assets
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
17

 
$
55

 
$
—

 
$
—

Accrued compensation and benefit costs
 
(24
)
 
(25
)
 
(28
)
 
(30
)
 
(72
)
 
(71
)
Pension and other benefit liabilities
 
(1,566
)
 
(992
)
 
(1,040
)
 
(900
)
 
—

 
—

Post-retirement medical benefits
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(865
)
 
(785
)
Discontinued Operations (2)
 
—

 
—

 
(27
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Net Amounts Recognized
 
$
(1,590
)
 
$
(1,017
)
 
$
(1,078
)
 
$
(875
)
 
$
(937
)
 
$
(856
)
  _______________
(1)
Includes under-funded and un-funded plans.
(2)
Represents the net un-funded pension obligations related to our ITO business which is held for sale and being reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. These obligations are expected to be assumed by the purchaser of the ITO business. The net pension cost associated with these plans is immaterial. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Benefit plans pre-tax amounts recognized in AOCL at December 31:
 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Plans
 
Non-U.S. Plans
 
Retiree Health
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Net actuarial loss
 
$
1,301

 
$
672

 
$
2,036

 
$
1,741

 
$
122

 
$
6

Prior service credit
 
(13
)
 
(15
)
 
(20
)
 
(20
)
 
(42
)
 
(85
)
Total Pre-tax Loss (Gain)
 
$
1,288

 
$
657

 
$
2,016

 
$
1,721

 
$
80

 
$
(79
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
 
$
4,716

 
$
3,887

 
$
6,883

 
$
6,368

 
 
 
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 104


Aggregate information for pension plans with an Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is presented below:
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Projected benefit obligation
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
Fair value of plan assets
 
Projected benefit obligation
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
Fair value of plan assets
Underfunded Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
$
4,351

 
$
4,351

 
$
3,126

 
$
3,571

 
$
3,565

 
$
2,876

Non U.S.
 
6,376

 
6,125

 
5,848

 
5,350

 
5,104

 
4,964

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unfunded Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
$
365

 
$
365

 
$
—

 
$
322

 
$
322

 
$
—

Non U.S.
 
567

 
551

 
—

 
540

 
526

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Underfunded and Unfunded Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
$
4,716

 
$
4,716

 
$
3,126

 
$
3,893

 
$
3,887

 
$
2,876

Non U.S.
 
6,943

 
6,676

 
5,848

 
5,890

 
5,630

 
4,964

Total
 
$
11,659

 
$
11,392

 
$
8,974

 
$
9,783

 
$
9,517

 
$
7,840


Our pension plan assets and benefit obligations at December 31, 2014 were as follows:
(in billions)
 
Fair Value of Pension Plan Assets
 
Pension Benefit Obligations
 
Net Funded Status
U.S. funded
 
$
3.1

 
$
4.4

 
$
(1.3
)
U.S. unfunded
 
—

 
0.3

 
(0.3
)
Total U.S.
 
$
3.1

 
$
4.7

 
$
(1.6
)
U.K.
 
3.9

 
4.2

 
(0.3
)
Canada
 
0.8

 
0.9

 
(0.1
)
Other funded
 
1.4

 
1.6

 
(0.2
)
Other unfunded
 
—

 
0.5

 
(0.5
)
Total
 
$
9.2

 
$
11.9

 
$
(2.7
)

Prior to the freeze of current benefits (see below), most of our defined benefit pension plans generally provided employees a benefit, depending on eligibility, calculated under a highest average pay and years of service formula. Our primary domestic defined benefit pension plans provided a benefit at the greater of (i) the highest average pay and years of service formula, (ii) the benefit calculated under a formula that provides for the accumulation of salary and interest credits during an employee's work life or (iii) the individual account balance from the Company's prior defined contribution plan (Transitional Retirement Account or TRA).

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 105


The components of Net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Pension Benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Plans
 
Non-U.S. Plans
 
Retiree Health
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
$
9

 
$
10

 
$
112

 
$
34

 
$
91

 
$
83

 
$
9

 
$
9

 
$
9

Interest cost(1)
 
281

 
154

 
282

 
272

 
260

 
270

 
36

 
33

 
42

Expected return on plan assets(2)
 
(290
)
 
(179
)
 
(306
)
 
(342
)
 
(317
)
 
(307
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Recognized net actuarial loss
 
17

 
19

 
53

 
54

 
77

 
53

 
1

 
2

 
1

Amortization of prior service credit
 
(2
)
 
(2
)
 
(23
)
 
(1
)
 
—

 
—

 
(43
)
 
(43
)
 
(41
)
Recognized settlement loss
 
51

 
162

 
82

 
—

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
—

 
—

Recognized curtailment gain
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(1
)
 
(8
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Defined Benefit Plans
 
66

 
164

 
200

 
16

 
103

 
100

 
3

 
1

 
11

Defined contribution plans (3)
 
58

 
64

 
28

 
44

 
25

 
33

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
124

 
228

 
228

 
60

 
128

 
133

 
3

 
1

 
11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss (gain)
 
697

 
(403
)
 
427

 
481

 
(224
)
 
416

 
119

 
(88
)
 
18

Prior service credit
 
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
(6
)
 
(14
)
 
(1
)
 
—

 
—

 
(6
)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
 
(68
)
 
(181
)
 
(135
)
 
(54
)
 
(77
)
 
(54
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Amortization of net prior service credit
 
2

 
2

 
23

 
1

 
—

 
—

 
43

 
43

 
41

Curtailment gain
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2

 
—

 
—

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
 
631

 
(582
)
 
313

 
424

 
(315
)
 
361

 
161

 
(47
)
 
52

Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income
 
$
755

 
$
(354
)
 
$
541

 
$
484

 
$
(187
)
 
$
494

 
$
164

 
$
(46
)
 
$
63

_______________
(1)
Interest cost includes interest expense on non-TRA obligations of $371, $349 and $382 and interest expense directly allocated to TRA participant accounts of $182, $65 and $170 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2)
Expected return on plan assets includes expected investment income on non-TRA assets of $450, $431 and $443 and actual investment income on TRA assets of $182, $65 and $170 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(3)
Excludes contributions related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.
The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $111 and $(4), respectively, excluding amounts that may be recognized through settlement losses. The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the retiree health benefit plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $5 and $(30), respectively.
Pension plan assets consist of both defined benefit plan assets and assets legally restricted to the TRA accounts. The combined investment results for these plans, along with the results for our other defined benefit plans, are shown above in the “actual return on plan assets” caption. To the extent that investment results relate to TRA, such results are charged directly to these accounts as a component of interest cost.
Plan Amendments
Pension Plan Freezes
Over the past several years, we have amended several of our major defined benefit pension plans to freeze current benefits and eliminate benefits accruals for future service including our primary U.S. defined benefit plan for salaried employees, the Canadian Salary Pension Plan and the U.K. Final Salary Pension Plan. The freeze of current benefits is the primary driver of the reduction in pension service costs since 2012. In certain Non-U.S. plans we are required to continue to consider salary increases and inflation in determining the benefit obligation related to prior service.
Plan Assets
Current Allocation
As of the 2014 and 2013 measurement dates, the global pension plan assets were $9.2 billion and $8.7 billion, respectively. These assets were invested among several asset classes.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 106


The following tables presents the defined benefit plans assets measured at fair value and the basis for that measurement:
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
U.S. Plans
 
Non-U.S. Plans
Asset Class 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
%
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
%
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
52

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
52

 
2
%
 
$
608

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
608

 
10
%
Equity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. large cap
 
332

 
15

 
—

 
347

 
11
%
 
253

 
52

 
—

 
305

 
5
%
U.S. mid cap
 
73

 
—

 
—

 
73

 
2
%
 
10

 
—

 
—

 
10

 
—
%
U.S. small cap
 
52

 
39

 
—

 
91

 
3
%
 
28

 
—

 
—

 
28

 
—
%
International developed
 
195

 
92

 
—

 
287

 
9
%
 
1,065

 
162

 
—

 
1,227

 
20
%
Emerging markets
 
140

 
113

 
—

 
253

 
8
%
 
276

 
69

 
—

 
345

 
6
%
Global Equity
 
2

 
7

 
—

 
9

 
—
%
 
4

 
6

 
—

 
10

 
—
%
Total Equity Securities
 
794

 
266

 
—

 
1,060

 
33
%
 
1,636

 
289

 
—

 
1,925

 
31
%
Fixed Income Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. treasury securities
 
—

 
145

 
—

 
145

 
5
%
 
7

 
26

 
—

 
33

 
1
%
Debt security issued by government agency
 
—

 
225

 
—

 
225

 
7
%
 
25

 
1,536

 
—

 
1,561

 
26
%
Corporate bonds
 
—

 
988

 
—

 
988

 
32
%
 
23

 
850

 
—

 
873

 
15
%
Asset backed securities
 
—

 
10

 
—

 
10

 
—
%
 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—
%
Total Fixed Income Securities
 
—

 
1,368

 
—

 
1,368

 
44
%
 
55

 
2,413

 
—

 
2,468

 
42
%
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
 
—

 
(1
)
 
—

 
(1
)
 
—
%
 
—

 
128

 
—

 
128

 
2
%
Foreign exchange contracts
 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—
%
 
—

 
(5
)
 
—

 
(5
)
 
—
%
Equity contracts
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
%
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
%
Other contracts
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
%
 
—

 
14

 
—

 
14

 
—
%
Total Derivatives
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
%
 
—

 
137

 
—

 
137

 
2
%
Real estate
 
46

 
39

 
25

 
110

 
4
%
 
—

 
29

 
279

 
308

 
5
%
Private equity/venture capital
 
—

 
—

 
497

 
497

 
16
%
 
—

 
—

 
499

 
499

 
8
%
Guaranteed insurance contracts
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
%
 
—

 
—

 
129

 
129

 
2
%
Other(1)
 
(1
)
 
40

 
—

 
39

 
1
%
 
6

 
8

 
—

 
14

 
—
%
Total Fair Value of Plan Assets
 
$
891

 
$
1,713

 
$
522

 
$
3,126

 
100
%
 
$
2,305

 
$
2,876

 
$
907

 
$
6,088

 
100
%
 
_____________________________
(1)
Other Level 1 assets include net non-financial assets of $(1) U.S. and $6 Non-U.S., such as due to/from broker, interest receivables and accrued expenses.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 107


 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
U.S. Plans
 
 
 
Non-U.S. Plans
 
 
Asset Class 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
%
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
%
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
48

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
48

 
1
 %
 
$
688

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
688

 
12
%
Equity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. large cap
 
319

 
13

 
—

 
332

 
12
 %
 
220

 
55

 
—

 
275

 
5
%
U.S. mid cap
 
71

 
—

 
—

 
71

 
2
 %
 
13

 
—

 
—

 
13

 
—
%
U.S. small cap
 
48

 
46

 
—

 
94

 
3
 %
 
40

 
—

 
—

 
40

 
1
%
International developed
 
182

 
123

 
—

 
305

 
11
 %
 
1,314

 
212

 
—

 
1,526

 
26
%
Emerging markets
 
171

 
69

 
—

 
240

 
8
 %
 
262

 
76

 
—

 
338

 
6
%
Global Equity
 
2

 
7

 
—

 
9

 
—
 %
 
5

 
—

 
—

 
5

 
—
%
Total Equity Securities
 
793

 
258

 
—

 
1,051

 
36
 %
 
1,854

 
343

 
—

 
2,197

 
38
%
Fixed Income Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. treasury securities
 
—

 
74

 
—

 
74

 
3
 %
 
4

 
16

 
—

 
20

 
—
%
Debt security issued by government agency
 
—

 
180

 
—

 
180

 
6
 %
 
31

 
1,189

 
—

 
1,220

 
21
%
Corporate bonds
 
—

 
908

 
—

 
908

 
32
 %
 
146

 
660

 
—

 
806

 
14
%
Asset backed securities
 
—

 
10

 
—

 
10

 
—
 %
 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—
%
Total Fixed Income Securities
 
—

 
1,172

 
—

 
1,172

 
41
 %
 
181

 
1,866

 
—

 
2,047

 
35
%
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
 
—

 
(17
)
 
—

 
(17
)
 
(1
)%
 
—

 
62

 
—

 
62

 
1
%
Foreign exchange contracts
 
—

 
(12
)
 
—

 
(12
)
 
—
 %
 
14

 
30

 
—

 
44

 
1
%
Equity contracts
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
 %
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
%
Other contracts
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
 %
 
62

 
—

 
—

 
62

 
1
%
Total Derivatives
 
—

 
(29
)
 
—

 
(29
)
 
(1
)%
 
76

 
92

 
—

 
168

 
3
%
Real estate
 
40

 
34

 
29

 
103

 
4
 %
 
32

 
35

 
269

 
336

 
6
%
Private equity/venture capital
 
—

 
—

 
451

 
451

 
16
 %
 
—

 
—

 
212

 
212

 
4
%
Guaranteed insurance contracts
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—
 %
 
—

 
—

 
135

 
135

 
2
%
Other(1)
 
10

 
70

 
—

 
80

 
3
 %
 
6

 
—

 
—

 
6

 
—
%
Total Fair Value of Plan Assets
 
$
891

 
$
1,505

 
$
480

 
$
2,876

 
100
 %
 
$
2,837

 
$
2,336

 
$
616

 
$
5,789

 
100
%
 
_____________________________
(1)
Other Level 1 assets include net non-financial liabilities of $9 U.S. and $6 Non-U.S., such as due to/from broker, interest receivables and accrued expenses.

The following tables represents a roll-forward of the defined benefit plans assets measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 assets):
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Assets
 
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Assets
 
 
Real Estate
 
Private Equity/Venture Capital
 
Total
 
Real Estate
 
Private Equity/Venture Capital
 
Guaranteed Insurance Contracts
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
58

 
$
300

 
$
358

 
$
332

 
$
3

 
$
131

 
$
466

Purchases
 
1

 
177

 
178

 
64

 
193

 
3

 
260

Sales
 
(36
)
 
(59
)
 
(95
)
 
(128
)
 
—

 
(5
)
 
(133
)
Net transfers in from Level 1
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Realized gains (losses)
 
24

 
46

 
70

 
17

 
2

 
4

 
23

Unrealized gains (losses)
 
(18
)
 
(13
)
 
(31
)
 
(21
)
 
2

 
(2
)
 
(21
)
Currency translation
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
5

 
12

 
5

 
22

Balance at December 31, 2013
 
29

 
451

 
480

 
269

 
212

 
135

 
616

Purchases
 
1

 
44

 
45

 
74

 
279

 
22

 
375

Sales
 
(6
)
 
(59
)
 
(65
)
 
(64
)
 
—

 
(25
)
 
(89
)
Realized gains (losses)
 
(7
)
 
41

 
34

 
20

 
—

 
15

 
35

Unrealized gains (losses)
 
8

 
20

 
28

 
(1
)
 
38

 
—

 
37

Currency translation
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(19
)
 
(30
)
 
(18
)
 
(67
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
25

 
$
497

 
$
522

 
$
279

 
$
499

 
$
129

 
$
907


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 108


Valuation Method
Our primary Level 3 assets are Real Estate and Private Equity/Venture Capital investments. The fair value of our real estate investment funds are based on the Net Asset Value (NAV) of our ownership interest in the funds. NAV information is received from the investment advisers and is primarily derived from third-party real estate appraisals for the properties owned. The fair value for our private equity/venture capital partnership investments are based on our share of the estimated fair values of the underlying investments held by these partnerships as reported (or expected to be reported) in their audited financial statements. The valuation techniques and inputs for our Level 3 assets have been consistently applied for all periods presented.
Investment Strategy
The target asset allocations for our worldwide defined benefit pension plans were:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
Equity investments
 
33%
 
34%
 
36%
 
41%
Fixed income investments
 
43%
 
47%
 
44%
 
47%
Real estate
 
8%
 
9%
 
5%
 
9%
Private equity
 
9%
 
6%
 
14%
 
—%
Other
 
7%
 
4%
 
1%
 
3%
Total Investment Strategy
 
100%
 
100%
 
100%
 
100%

We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by exceeding the interest growth in long-term plan liabilities. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. This consideration involves the use of long-term measures that address both return and risk. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth, value and small and large capitalizations, and may include Company stock. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used to improve portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to hedge market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and quarterly investment portfolio reviews.
Expected Long-term Rate of Return
We employ a “building block” approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are assessed. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established giving consideration to investment diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed periodically to assess reasonableness and appropriateness.
Contributions
In 2014, we made cash contributions of $284 ($124 U.S. and $160 Non-U.S.) and $70 to our defined benefit pension plans and retiree health benefit plans, respectively.
In 2015, based on current actuarial calculations, we expect to make contributions of approximately $340 ($180 U.S. and $160 non-U.S.) to our defined benefit pension plans and approximately $71 to our retiree health benefit plans.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 109


Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid during the following years:
 
 
Pension Benefits
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
Total
 
Retiree Health
2015
 
$
643

 
$
251

 
$
894

 
$
71

2016
 
343

 
252

 
595

 
70

2017
 
336

 
261

 
597

 
70

2018
 
333

 
269

 
602

 
69

2019
 
326

 
279

 
605

 
68

Years 2020-2023
 
1,681

 
1,539

 
3,220

 
323

Assumptions
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the plan measurement dates:
 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
Discount rate
 
3.9
%
 
3.1
%
 
4.8
%
 
4.2
%
 
3.7
%
 
4.0
%
Rate of compensation increase
 
0.2
%
 
2.6
%
 
0.2
%
 
2.7
%
 
0.2
%
 
2.6
%
 
 
 
 
Retiree Health 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Discount rate
 
3.8
%
 
4.5
%
 
3.6
%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31:
 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
Discount rate
 
3.9
%
 
3.1
%
 
4.8
%
 
4.2
%
 
3.7
%
 
4.0
%
 
4.8
%
 
4.6
%
Expected return on plan assets
 
7.5
%
 
5.2
%
 
7.8
%
 
6.1
%
 
7.8
%
 
6.1
%
 
7.8
%
 
6.2
%
Rate of compensation increase
 
0.2
%
 
2.6
%
 
0.2
%
 
2.7
%
 
0.2
%
 
2.6
%
 
3.5
%
 
2.7
%
 
 
 
 
Retiree Health 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Discount rate
 
3.8
%
 
4.5
%
 
3.6
%
 
4.5
%
_____________________________

Note: Expected return on plan assets is not applicable to retiree health benefits as these plans are not funded. Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to retiree health benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits.
Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
 
7.0
%
 
7.2
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
 
4.9
%
 
4.9
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
 
2023

 
2023


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 110


Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
 
1% increase
 
1% decrease
Effect on total service and interest cost components
 
$
1

 
$
(1
)
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation
 
46

 
(39
)
Defined Contribution Plans
We have savings and investment plans in several countries, including the U.S., U.K. and Canada. In many instances, employees from those defined benefit pension plans that have been amended to freeze future service accruals (see "Plan Amendments" for additional information) were transitioned to an enhanced defined contribution plan. In these plans employees are allowed to contribute a portion of their salaries and bonuses to the plans, and we match a portion of the employee contributions. We recorded charges related to our defined contribution plans of $102 in 2014, $89 in 2013 and $61 in 2012. These charges exclude $8, $7 and $2 for the three years ended December 31, 2014, respectively, related to our ITO business, which is held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding this pending sale.

Note 17 - Income and Other Taxes
Income before income taxes (pre-tax income) was as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Domestic income
 
$
675

 
$
905

 
$
850

Foreign income
 
531

 
338

 
434

Income Before Income Taxes
 
$
1,206

 
$
1,243

 
$
1,284

 
Provisions (benefits) for income taxes were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Federal Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
$
(3
)
 
$
17

 
$
5

Deferred
 
79

 
66

 
93

Foreign Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
115

 
82

 
114

Deferred
 
28

 
36

 
(1
)
State Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
34

 
37

 
32

Deferred
 
6

 
15

 
13

Total Provision
 
$
259

 
$
253

 
$
256


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 111


A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate was as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Nondeductible expenses
 
2.0
 %
 
1.5
 %
 
2.6
 %
Effect of tax law changes
 
(1.0
)%
 
(0.6
)%
 
0.7
 %
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
(1.6
)%
 
0.2
 %
 
(0.7
)%
State taxes, net of federal benefit
 
2.2
 %
 
2.7
 %
 
2.0
 %
Audit and other tax return adjustments
 
(2.9
)%
 
(2.5
)%
 
(4.7
)%
Tax-exempt income, credits and incentives
 
(2.4
)%
 
(4.0
)%
 
(2.6
)%
Foreign rate differential adjusted for U.S. taxation of foreign profits(1)
 
(9.6
)%
 
(12.4
)%
 
(12.4
)%
Other
 
(0.2
)%
 
0.5
 %
 
—
 %
Effective Income Tax Rate
 
21.5
 %
 
20.4
 %
 
19.9
 %
 ____________
(1)
The “U.S. taxation of foreign profits” represents the U.S. tax, net of foreign tax credits, associated with actual and deemed repatriations of earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

On a consolidated basis, we paid a total of $121, $155 and $137 in income taxes to federal, foreign and state jurisdictions during the three years ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

Total income tax (benefit) expense was allocated as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Pre-tax income
 
$
259

 
$
253

 
$
256

Discontinued operations(1)
 
6

 
27

 
21

Common shareholders' equity:
 


 


 

Changes in defined benefit plans
 
(408
)
 
318

 
(233
)
Stock option and incentive plans, net
 
(18
)
 
(13
)
 
(5
)
Cash flow hedges
 
—

 
—

 
(24
)
Translation adjustments
 
(2
)
 
(9
)
 
(9
)
Total Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
 
$
(163
)
 
$
576

 
$
6

_____________
(1)
Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits and Audit Resolutions
We recognize tax liabilities when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that certain positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. Each period we assess uncertain tax positions for recognition, measurement and effective settlement. Benefits from uncertain tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement - the more likely than not recognition threshold. Where we have determined that our tax return filing position does not satisfy the more likely than not recognition threshold, we have recorded no tax benefits.
We are also subject to ongoing tax examinations in numerous jurisdictions due to the extensive geographical scope of our operations. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results. The specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of December 31, 2014, we do not believe that there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 112


A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Balance at January 1
 
$
267

 
$
201

 
$
225

Additions related to current year
 
16

 
60

 
28

Additions related to prior years positions
 
10

 
39

 
5

Reductions related to prior years positions
 
(35
)
 
(19
)
 
(36
)
Settlements with taxing authorities(1)
 
(10
)
 
—

 
(13
)
Reductions related to lapse of statute of limitations
 
(6
)
 
(14
)
 
(8
)
Currency
 
(2
)
 
—

 
—

Balance at December 31
 
$
240

 
$
267

 
$
201

 _______________

(1)
Majority of settlements did not result in the utilization of cash.
Included in the balances at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are $39, $36 and $16, respectively, of tax positions that are highly certain of realizability but for which there is uncertainty about the timing or that they may be reduced through an indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than for the possible incurrence of interest and penalties, the disallowance of these positions would not affect the annual effective tax rate.
We recognized interest and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits, as well as interest received from favorable settlements within income tax expense. We had $17, $20 and $20 accrued for the payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
In the U.S., with the exception of ACS, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2009. ACS is no longer subject to such examinations for years before 2005. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2003.

Deferred Income Taxes
 
We have not provided deferred taxes on approximately $8.5 billion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and other foreign investments carried at equity at December 31, 2014, as such undistributed earnings have been determined to be indefinitely reinvested and we currently do not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate a deferred tax impact. We do not believe it is practical to calculate the potential deferred tax impact, as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to determining the amount of foreign tax credits as well as any additional local withholding tax and other indirect tax consequences that may arise from the distribution of these earnings. In addition, because such earnings have been indefinitely reinvested in our foreign operations, repatriation would require liquidation of those investments or a recapitalization of our foreign subsidiaries, the impacts and effects of which are not readily determinable.
 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 113


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred taxes were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Deferred Tax Assets
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
$
475

 
$
647

Post-retirement medical benefits
 
341

 
310

Net operating losses
 
531

 
597

Operating reserves, accruals and deferrals
 
318

 
374

Tax credit carryforwards
 
579

 
694

Deferred compensation
 
286

 
268

Pension
 
672

 
431

Other
 
177

 
87

Subtotal
 
3,379

 
3,408

Valuation allowance
 
(538
)
 
(614
)
Total
 
$
2,841

 
$
2,794

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Unearned income and installment sales
 
$
883

 
$
959

Intangibles and goodwill
 
1,161

 
1,253

Anticipated foreign repatriations
 
50

 
55

Other
 
154

 
53

Total
 
$
2,248

 
$
2,320

 
 
 
 
 
Total Deferred Taxes, Net
 
$
593

 
$
474

The above amounts are classified as current or long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with the asset or liability to which they relate or, when applicable, based on the expected timing of the reversal. Current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $382 and $209, respectively.

The deferred tax assets for the respective periods were assessed for recoverability and, where applicable, a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will, more-likely-than-not, be realized in the future. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was a decrease of $76 and $40, respectively. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences for which we have concluded it is more-likely-than-not that these items will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations.

Although realization is not assured, we have concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets, for which a valuation allowance was determined to be unnecessary, will be realized in the ordinary course of operations based on the available positive and negative evidence, including scheduling of deferred tax liabilities and projected income from operating activities. The amount of the net deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if actual future income or income tax rates are lower than estimated, or if there are differences in the timing or amount of future reversals of existing taxable or deductible temporary differences.

At December 31, 2014, we had tax credit carryforwards of $579 available to offset future income taxes, of which $97 are available to carryforward indefinitely while the remaining $482 will expire 2015 through 2029 if not utilized. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $1.1 billion that will expire 2015 through 2035, if not utilized, and $2.0 billion available to offset future taxable income indefinitely.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 114


Note 18 – Contingencies and Litigation
As more fully discussed below, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning: securities law; governmental entity contracting, servicing and procurement law; intellectual property law; environmental law; employment law; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA); and other laws and regulations. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.
Additionally, guarantees, indemnifications and claims arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates when the Company undertakes an obligation to guarantee the performance of others if specified triggering events occur. Nonperformance under a contract could trigger an obligation of the Company. These potential claims include actions based upon alleged exposures to products, real estate, intellectual property such as patents, environmental matters, and other indemnifications. The ultimate effect on future financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists as to the final outcome of these claims. However, while the ultimate liabilities resulting from such claims may be significant to results of operations in the period recognized, management does not anticipate they will have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or liquidity. As of December 31, 2014, we have accrued our estimate of liability incurred under our indemnification arrangements and guarantees.
Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies
Our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes, as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our positions. Based on the opinion of legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. As of December 31, 2014, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of related interest, amounted to approximately $817 with the decrease from December 31, 2013 balance of approximately $933, primarily related to currency and closed cases partially offset by interest. With respect to the unreserved balance of $817, the majority has been assessed by management as being remote as to the likelihood of ultimately resulting in a loss to the Company. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2014 we had $135 of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing, and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $18 and additional letters of credit of approximately $244, which include associated indexation. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable.
Litigation Against the Company
In re Xerox Corporation Securities Litigation: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 17 cases) was pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut (the "Court"). Defendants were the Company, Barry Romeril, Paul Allaire and G. Richard Thoman. The consolidated action was a class action on behalf of all persons and entities who purchased Xerox Corporation common stock during the period October 22, 1998 through October 7, 1999 inclusive ("Class Period") and who suffered a loss as a result of misrepresentations or omissions by Defendants as alleged by Plaintiffs (the “Class”). The Class alleged that in violation of Section 10(b)

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 115


and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (1934 Act), and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder, each of the defendants was liable as a participant in a fraudulent scheme and course of business that operated as a fraud or deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock during the Class Period by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material facts relating to the defendants’ alleged failure to disclose the material negative impact that the April 1998 restructuring had on the Company’s operations and revenues. The complaint further alleged that the alleged scheme: (i) deceived the investing public regarding the economic capabilities, sales proficiencies, growth, operations and the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock; (ii) allowed several corporate insiders, such as the named individual defendants, to sell shares of privately held common stock of the Company while in possession of materially adverse, non-public information; and (iii) caused the individual plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class to purchase common stock of the Company at inflated prices. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory damages in favor of the plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class against all defendants, jointly and severally, for all damages sustained as a result of defendants’ alleged wrongdoing, including interest thereon, together with reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the action, including counsel fees and expert fees. In 2001, the Court denied the defendants’ motion for dismissal of the complaint. The plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was denied by the Court in 2006, without prejudice to refiling. In February 2007, the Court granted the motion of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Welfare Fund of Local Union No. 164, Robert W. Roten, Robert Agius ("Agius") and Georgia Stanley to appoint them as additional lead plaintiffs. In July 2007, the Court denied plaintiffs’ renewed motion for class certification, without prejudice to renewal after a pre-filing conference to identify factual disputes the Court would be required to resolve in ruling on the motion. After that conference and Agius’s withdrawal as lead plaintiff and proposed class representative, in February 2008 plaintiffs filed a second renewed motion for class certification. In April 2008, defendants filed their response and motion to disqualify Milberg LLP as a lead counsel. On September 30, 2008, the Court entered an order certifying the class and denying the appointment of Milberg LLP as class counsel. Subsequently, on April 9, 2009, the Court denied defendants’ motion to disqualify Milberg LLP. On November 6, 2008, the defendants filed a motion for summary judgment. On March 29, 2013, the Court granted defendants' motion for summary judgment in its entirety. On April 26, 2013, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On September 8, 2014, the Second Circuit affirmed the District Court's decision dismissing the action. The deadline for plaintiffs to file a petition for certiorari before the United States Supreme Court expired on December 8, 2014; no petition was filed. This matter is now closed.
State of Texas v. Xerox Corporation, Xerox State Healthcare, LLC, and ACS State Healthcare, LLC, a Xerox Corporation: On May 9, 2014, the State of Texas, via the Texas Office of Attorney General (the “State”), filed a lawsuit in the 53rd Judicial District Court of Travis County, Texas. The lawsuit alleges that Xerox Corporation, Xerox State Healthcare, LLC, and ACS State Healthcare (collectively “Xerox” or “the Company”) violated the Texas Medicaid Fraud Prevention Act in the administration of its contract with the Texas Department of Health and Human Services (“HHSC”). The State alleges that the Company made false representations of material facts regarding the processes, procedures, implementation, and results regarding the prior authorization of orthodontic claims. The State seeks recovery of actual damages, two times the amount of any overpayments made as a result of unlawful acts, civil penalties, pre- and post-judgment interest, and all costs and attorneys’ fees. The State references the amount in controversy as exceeding hundreds of millions of dollars. Xerox filed its Answer in June, 2014 denying all allegations. Xerox will continue to vigorously defend itself in this matter. We do not believe it is probable that we will incur a material loss in excess of the amount accrued for this matter. In the course of litigation, we periodically engage in discussions with plaintiff’s counsel for possible resolution of the matter. Should developments cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome, or result in a final adverse judgment or settlement for a significant amount, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period in which such change in determination, judgment, or settlement occurs.
Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranty Liabilities
Indemnifications Provided as Part of Contracts and Agreements
We are a party to the following types of agreements pursuant to which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters:
•
Contracts that we entered into for the sale or purchase of businesses or real estate assets, under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants, including obligations to pay rent. Typically, these relate to such matters as adequate title to assets sold, intellectual property rights, specified environmental matters and certain income taxes arising prior to the date of acquisition.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 116


•
Guarantees on behalf of our subsidiaries with respect to real estate leases. These lease guarantees may remain in effect subsequent to the sale of the subsidiary.
•
Agreements to indemnify various service providers, trustees and bank agents from any third-party claims related to their performance on our behalf, with the exception of claims that result from third-party's own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
•
Guarantees of our performance in certain sales and services contracts to our customers and indirectly the performance of third parties with whom we have subcontracted for their services. This includes indemnifications to customers for losses that may be sustained as a result of the use of our equipment at a customer's location.

In each of these circumstances, our payment is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract and such procedures also typically allow us to challenge the other party's claims. In the case of lease guarantees, we may contest the liabilities asserted under the lease. Further, our obligations under these agreements and guarantees may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, we may have recourse against third parties for certain payments we made.
Patent Indemnifications
In most sales transactions to resellers of our products, we indemnify against possible claims of patent infringement caused by our products or solutions. In addition, we indemnify certain software providers against claims that may arise as a result of our use or our subsidiaries', customers' or resellers' use of their software in our products and solutions. These indemnities usually do not include limits on the claims, provided the claim is made pursuant to the procedures required in the sales contract.
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our corporate by-laws require that, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law, we must indemnify Xerox Corporation's officers and directors against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, including legal fees and all appeals, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to Xerox Corporation and our subsidiaries. Although the by-laws provide no limit on the amount of indemnification, we may have recourse against our insurance carriers for certain payments made by us. However, certain indemnification payments (such as those related to "clawback" provisions in certain compensation arrangements) may not be covered under our directors' and officers' insurance coverage. We also indemnify certain fiduciaries of our employee benefit plans for liabilities incurred in their service as fiduciary whether or not they are officers of the Company. Finally, in connection with our acquisition of businesses, we may become contractually obligated to indemnify certain former and current directors, officers and employees of those businesses in accordance with pre-acquisition by-laws and/or indemnification agreements and/or applicable state law.
Product Warranty Liabilities
In connection with our normal sales of equipment, including those under sales-type leases, we generally do not issue product warranties. Our arrangements typically involve a separate full service maintenance agreement with the customer. The agreements generally extend over a period equivalent to the lease term or the expected useful life of the equipment under a cash sale. The service agreements involve the payment of fees in return for our performance of repairs and maintenance. As a consequence, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. In a few circumstances, particularly in certain cash sales, we may issue a limited product warranty if negotiated by the customer. We also issue warranties for certain of our entry level products, where full service maintenance agreements are not available. In these instances, we record warranty obligations at the time of the sale. Aggregate product warranty liability expenses for the three years ended December 31, 2014 were $25, $28 and $29, respectively. Total product warranty liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $11 and $14, respectively.
Other Contingencies
We have issued or provided the following guarantees as of December 31, 2014:
 
•
$455 for letters of credit issued to i) guarantee our performance under certain services contracts; ii) support certain insurance programs; and iii) support our obligations related to the Brazil tax and labor contingencies.
•
$720 for outstanding surety bonds. Certain contracts, primarily those involving public sector customers, require us to provide a surety bond as a guarantee of our performance of contractual obligations. Of this amount, $19 is related to discontinued operations.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 117


In general, we would only be liable for the amount of these guarantees in the event of default in our performance of our obligations under each contract; the probability of which we believe is remote. We believe that our capacity in the surety markets as well as under various credit arrangements (including our Credit Facility) is sufficient to allow us to respond to future requests for proposals that require such credit support.
We have service arrangements where we service third-party student loans in the Federal Family Education Loan program (FFEL) on behalf of various financial institutions. We service these loans for investors under outsourcing arrangements and do not acquire any servicing rights that are transferable by us to a third-party. At December 31, 2014, we serviced a FFEL portfolio of approximately 2.7 million loans with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $39.7 billion. Some servicing agreements contain provisions that, under certain circumstances, require us to purchase the loans from the investor if the loan guaranty has been permanently terminated as a result of a loan default caused by our servicing error. If defaults caused by us are cured during an initial period, any obligation we may have to purchase these loans expires. Loans that we purchase may be subsequently cured, the guaranty reinstated and the loans repackaged for sale to third parties. We evaluate our exposure under our purchase obligations on defaulted loans and establish a reserve for potential losses, or default liability reserve, through a charge to the provision for loss on defaulted loans purchased. The reserve is evaluated periodically and adjusted based upon management’s analysis of the historical performance of the defaulted loans. As of December 31, 2014, other current liabilities include reserves which we believe to be adequate. At December 31, 2014, other current liabilities include reserves of approximately $3 for losses on defaulted loans purchased. In addition to potential purchase obligations arising from servicing errors, various laws and regulations applicable to student loan borrowers could give rise to fines, penalties and other liabilities associated with loan servicing errors.
Note 19 - Preferred Stock
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
We have issued 300,000 shares of Series A convertible perpetual preferred stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of $300 and an initial fair value of $349. The convertible preferred stock pays quarterly cash dividends at a rate of 8% per year ($24 per year). Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into 89.8876 shares of common stock for a total of 26,966 thousand shares (reflecting an initial conversion price of approximately $11.125 per share of common stock), subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.
On or after February 5, 2015, if the closing price of our common stock exceeds 130% of the then applicable conversion price (currently $11.125 per share of common stock) for 20 out of 30 trading days, we have the right to cause any or all of the convertible preferred stock to be converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate. The convertible preferred stock is also convertible, at the option of the holder, upon a change in control, at the applicable conversion rate plus an additional number of shares determined by reference to the price paid for our common stock upon such change in control. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental change events, including a change in control or the delisting of Xerox's common stock, the holder of convertible preferred stock has the right to require us to redeem any or all of the convertible preferred stock in cash at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation preference and any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date. The convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity (i.e., apart from permanent equity) as a result of the contingent redemption feature.

Note 20 – Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2014, we had one class of preferred stock outstanding. See Note 19 - Preferred Stock for further information. We are authorized to issue approximately 22 million shares of cumulative preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share.
Common Stock
We have 1.75 billion authorized shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share. At December 31, 2014, 113 million shares were reserved for issuance under our incentive compensation plans, 48 million shares were reserved for debt to equity exchanges and 27 million shares were reserved for conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock.
Treasury Stock

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 118


We account for the repurchased common stock under the cost method and include such treasury stock as a component of our common shareholder's equity. Retirement of treasury stock is recorded as a reduction of Common stock and Additional paid-in capital at the time such retirement is approved by our Board of Directors.
The following provides cumulative information relating to our share repurchase programs from their inception in October 2005 through December 31, 2014 (shares in thousands):
Authorized share repurchase programs
 
$
8,000

Share repurchase cost
 
$
6,455

Share repurchase fees
 
$
10

Number of shares repurchased
 
580,029

In 2014, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $1.5 billion in share repurchase bringing the total cumulative authorization to $8 billion. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $1.5 billion of that authority remained available.

The following table reflects the changes in Common and Treasury stock shares (shares in thousands):
 
 
Common Stock Shares
 
Treasury Stock Shares
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
1,352,849

 
15,508

Stock based compensation plans, net
 
17,343

 
—

Contributions to U.S. pension plan(1)
 
15,366

 
—

Acquisition of Treasury stock
 
—

 
146,278

Cancellation of Treasury stock
 
(146,862)

 
(146,862)
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
1,238,696

 
14,924

Stock based compensation plans, net
 
28,731

 
—

Acquisition of Treasury stock
 
—

 
65,179

Cancellation of Treasury stock
 
(58,102
)
 
(58,102
)
Conversion of 2014 9% Notes
 
996

 
—

Balance at December 31, 2013
 
1,210,321

 
22,001

Stock based compensation plans, net
 
13,965

 
—

Acquisition of Treasury stock
 
—

 
86,536

Cancellation of Treasury stock
 
(100,928
)
 
(100,928
)
Conversion of 2014 9% Notes
 
996

 
—

Balance at December 31, 2014
 
1,124,354

 
7,609

_____________________________
(1)
Refer to Note 16 - Employee Benefits Plans for additional information.
Stock-Based Compensation
We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units (RSUs), performance shares (PSs) and non-qualified stock options. We grant stock-based awards in order to continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employees' interests with those of our shareholders. Each of these awards is subject to settlement with newly issued shares of our common stock. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, 50 million and 59 million shares, respectively, were available for grant of awards.
Stock-based compensation expense was as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Stock-based compensation expense, pre-tax
 
$
91

 
$
90

 
$
125

Income tax benefit recognized in earnings
 
35

 
34

 
48

Restricted Stock Units: Compensation expense is based upon the grant date market price. The compensation expense is recorded over the vesting period, which is normally three years from the date of grant, based on management's estimate of the number of shares expected to vest.
Performance Shares: Prior to 2014, we granted officers and selected executives PSs that vest contingent upon meeting pre-determined Revenue, Earnings per Share (EPS) and Cash Flow from Operations targets. If the annual actual results for Revenue exceed the stated targets and if the cumulative three-year actual results for EPS and

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 119


Cash Flow from Operations exceed the stated targets, then the plan participants have the potential to earn additional shares of common stock. This overachievement cannot exceed 50% of the original grant.
Commencing in 2014, we expanded the PS program to include those employees who had previously been awarded RSUs, and modified the program to remove the annual performance component. All PSs granted in 2014 will vest contingent upon meeting cumulative goals for Revenue, EPS and Cash Flow from Operations over a three-year performance period. As before, if actual results exceed the stated targets, then the participants have the potential to earn additional shares of common stock: a maximum overachievement of 50% of the original grant for officers and selected executives and a maximum of 25% of the original grant for all other participants. All PSs entitle the holder to one share of common stock, payable after a three-year service period and the attainment of the stated goals.
The fair value of PSs is based upon the market price of our stock on the date of the grant. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is normally three years from the date of grant, based on management's estimate of the number of shares expected to vest. If the stated targets are not met, any recognized compensation cost would be reversed.
Employee Stock Options: With the exception of the conversion of ACS options in connection with the ACS acquisition in 2010, we have not issued any new stock options associated with our employee long-term incentive plan since 2004. All stock options previously issued under our employee long-term incentive plan were fully exercised, cancelled or expired as of December 31, 2013.
There were 6,115 thousand and 14,199 thousand ACS options outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The ACS options at December 31, 2014 generally expire within the next 3 years.
Summary of Stock-based Compensation Activity
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
(shares in thousands)
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
Restricted Stock Units
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at January 1
 
19,079

 
$
9.62

 
30,414

 
$
9.19

 
33,784

 
$
8.70

Granted
 
926

 
12.30

 
610

 
9.09

 
13,033

 
7.82

Vested
 
(6,934
)
 
10.33

 
(9,992
)
 
8.43

 
(14,848
)
 
6.89

Cancelled
 
(874
)
 
8.55

 
(1,953
)
 
8.77

 
(1,555
)
 
8.97

Outstanding at December 31
 
12,197

 
9.50

 
19,079

 
9.62

 
30,414

 
9.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at January 1
 
8,058

 
$
9.15

 
14,536

 
$
8.74

 
9,763

 
$
9.21

Granted
 
16,967

 
12.28

 
1,839

 
7.97

 
5,193

 
7.87

Vested
 
(2,404
)
 
10.68

 
(6,817
)
 
8.03

 
—

 
—

Cancelled
 
(1,900
)
 
11.07

 
(1,500
)
 
8.82

 
(420
)
 
8.96

Outstanding at December 31
 
20,721

 
11.36

 
8,058

 
9.15

 
14,536

 
8.74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at January 1
 
14,199

 
$
6.95

 
33,732

 
$
6.86

 
50,070

 
$
6.98

Granted
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Canceled/expired
 
(215
)
 
6.95

 
(1,298
)
 
6.53

 
(8,617
)
 
8.58

Exercised
 
(7,869
)
 
6.92

 
(18,235
)
 
6.82

 
(7,721
)
 
5.69

Outstanding at December 31
 
6,115

 
7.00

 
14,199

 
6.95

 
33,732

 
6.86

Exercisable at December 31
 
6,115

 
7.00

 
12,164

 
7.06

 
28,676

 
6.95


In 2013, we deferred the annual grant of RSUs and PSs from July 1, 2013 to January 1, 2014. RSUs granted in 2013 represent off-cycle awards while PSs granted in 2013 represent overachievement shares associated with the 2010 PSs grant, which vested in 2013. On January 1, 2014, we granted 8,395 thousand PSs with a grant date fair value of $12.17 per share (the deferral of the 2013 annual grant) and on July 1, 2014, we granted 8,518 thousand PSs with a grant date fair value of $12.38 per share (the 2014 annual grant).

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 120



The total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based awards at December 31, 2014 was as follows:
Awards
 
Unrecognized Compensation
 
Remaining Weighted-Average Vesting Period (Years)
Restricted Stock Units
 
$
23

 
1.2
Performance Shares
 
109

 
2.2
Total
 
$
132

 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding RSUs and PSs awards was as follows:
Awards
 
December 31, 2014
Restricted Stock Units
 
$
169

Performance Shares
 
287

Information related to stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014 was as follows:
 
 
Options
 
 
Outstanding
 
Exercisable
Aggregate intrinsic value
 
$
42

 
$
42

Weighted-average remaining contractual life (years)
 
2.8

 
2.8

The total intrinsic value and actual tax benefit realized for vested and exercised stock-based awards was as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Awards
 
Total Intrinsic Value
 
Cash Received
 
Tax Benefit
 
Total Intrinsic Value
 
Cash Received
 
Tax Benefit
 
Total Intrinsic Value
 
Cash Received
 
Tax Benefit
Restricted Stock Units
 
$
85

 
$
—

 
$
26

 
$
91

 
$
—

 
$
30

 
$
117

 
$
—

 
$
33

Performance Shares
 
30

 
—

 
10

 
62

 
—

 
22

 
—

 
—

 
—

Stock Options
 
42

 
55

 
15

 
51

 
124

 
19

 
12

 
44

 
4

No Performance Shares vested in 2012 since the 2009 primary award grant that normally would have vested in 2012 was replaced with a grant of Restricted Stock Units with a market based condition and therefore were accounted and reported for as Restricted Stock Units.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 121


Note 21 – Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income is comprised of the following:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Pre-tax
 
Net of Tax
 
Pre-tax
 
Net of Tax
 
Pre-tax
 
Net of Tax
Translation Adjustments (Losses) Gains
 
$
(736
)
 
$
(734
)
 
$
(194
)
 
$
(185
)
 
$
104

 
$
113

Unrealized (Losses) Gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges losses
 
(20
)
 
(10
)
 
(126
)
 
(89
)
 
(50
)
 
(35
)
Changes in cash flow hedges reclassed to earnings(1)
 
36

 
26

 
123

 
86

 
(37
)
 
(28
)
Other (losses) gains
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
3

 
3

 
—

 
—

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
15

 
15

 
—

 
—

 
(87
)
 
(63
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Defined Benefit Plans (Losses) Gains
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial/prior service (losses) gains
 
(1,291
)
 
(861
)
 
729

 
483

 
(852
)
 
(578
)
Prior service amortization(2)
 
(46
)
 
(29
)
 
(45
)
 
(29
)
 
(64
)
 
(39
)
Actuarial loss amortization(2)
 
121

 
83

 
260

 
172

 
190

 
124

Fuji Xerox changes in defined benefit plans, net(3)
 
40

 
40

 
23

 
23

 
(13
)
 
(13
)
Other gains (losses)(4)
 
106

 
105

 
(17
)
 
(17
)
 
(55
)
 
(55
)
Changes in Defined Benefit Plans (Losses) Gains
 
(1,070
)
 
(662
)
 
950

 
632

 
(794
)
 
(561
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
(1,791
)
 
(1,381
)
 
756

 
447

 
(777
)
 
(511
)
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
—

 
—

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(1,790
)
 
$
(1,380
)
 
$
757

 
$
448

 
$
(777
)
 
$
(511
)
_____________________________
(1)
Reclassified to Cost of sales - refer to Note 14 - Financial Instruments for additional information regarding our cash flow hedges.
(2)
Reclassified to Total Net Periodic Benefit Cost - refer to Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans for additional information.
(3)
Represents our share of Fuji Xerox's benefit plan changes.
(4)
Primarily represents currency impact on cumulative amount of benefit plan net actuarial losses and prior service credits in AOCL.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (AOCL)
AOCL is comprised of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cumulative translation adjustments
 
$
(1,743
)
 
$
(1,010
)
 
$
(826
)
Other unrealized losses, net
 
(22
)
 
(37
)
 
(37
)
Benefit plans net actuarial losses and prior service credits(1)
 
(2,394
)
 
(1,732
)
 
(2,364
)
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(4,159
)
 
$
(2,779
)
 
$
(3,227
)
_____________________________
(1)
Includes our share of Fuji Xerox.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 122


Note 22 – Earnings per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock (shares in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Basic Earnings per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox
 
$
1,084

 
$
1,139

 
$
1,152

Accrued dividends on preferred stock
 
(24
)
 
(24
)
 
(24
)
Net Income From Continuing Operations Available to Common Shareholders
 
$
1,060

 
$
1,115

 
$
1,128

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to Xerox
 
(115
)
 
20

 
43

Adjusted Net Income Available to Common Shareholders
 
$
945

 
$
1,135

 
$
1,171

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
 
1,154,365

 
1,225,486

 
1,302,053

Basic Earnings (Loss) per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.87

Discontinued operations
 
(0.10
)
 
0.02

 
0.03

Basic Earnings per Share
 
$
0.82

 
$
0.93

 
$
0.90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations attributable to Xerox
 
$
1,084

 
$
1,139

 
$
1,152

Accrued dividends on preferred stock
 
—

 
—

 
(24
)
Interest on Convertible Securities, net
 
—

 
1

 
1

Adjusted Net Income From Continuing Operations Available to Common Shareholders
 
$
1,084

 
$
1,140

 
$
1,129

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to Xerox
 
(115
)
 
20

 
43

Adjusted Net Income Available to Common Shareholders
 
$
969

 
$
1,160

 
$
1,172

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
 
1,154,365

 
1,225,486

 
1,302,053

Common shares issuable with respect to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options
 
2,976

 
5,401

 
4,335

Restricted stock and performance shares
 
14,256

 
13,931

 
20,804

Convertible preferred stock
 
26,966

 
26,966

 
—

Convertible securities
 
—

 
1,743

 
1,992

Adjusted Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding
 
1,198,563

 
1,273,527

 
1,329,184

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
0.90

 
$
0.89

 
$
0.85

Discontinued operations
 
(0.09
)
 
0.02

 
0.03

Diluted Earnings per Share
 
$
0.81

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as they were either contingently issuable shares or shares that if included would have been anti-dilutive (shares in thousands):
Stock Options
 
3,139

 
8,798

 
29,397

Restricted stock and performance shares
 
17,987

 
12,411

 
23,430

Convertible preferred stock
 
—

 
—

 
26,966

Total Anti-Dilutive Securities
 
21,126

 
21,209

 
79,793

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends per Common Share
 
$
0.25

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.17

 
Note 23 – Subsequent Event
In January 2015, we completed the acquisition of Intrepid Learning Solutions, Inc. (Intrepid), a Seattle-based company, for $28 in cash. Intrepid provides outsourced learning services primarily in the aerospace manufacturing and technology industries. The acquisition of Intrepid will solidify the position of Xerox's Learning Services unit as a leading provider of end-to-end outsourced learning services, and will also add key vertical market expertise in the aerospace industry.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 123



QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
(in millions, except per-share data)
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Full
Year 
2014 (1) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
4,771

 
$
4,941

 
$
4,795

 
$
5,033

 
$
19,540

Costs and Expenses
 
4,500

 
4,640

 
4,509

 
4,685

 
18,334

Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income
 
271

 
301

 
286

 
348

 
1,206

Income tax expense
 
42

 
73

 
66

 
78

 
259

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
42

 
33

 
44

 
41

 
160

Income from Continuing Operations
 
$
271

 
$
261

 
$
264

 
$
311

 
$
1,107

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
15

 
11

 
8

 
(149
)
 
(115
)
Net Income
 
$
286

 
$
272

 
$
272

 
$
162

 
$
992

Less: Net income - noncontrolling interests
 
5

 
6

 
6

 
6

 
23

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
281

 
$
266

 
$
266

 
$
156

 
$
969

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings per Share(2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Continuing operations
 
$
0.22

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.92

Discontinued operations
 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

 
(0.13
)
 
(0.10
)
Total Basic Earnings per Share
 
$
0.23

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.13

 
$
0.82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings per Share(2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Continuing operations
 
$
0.22

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.90

Discontinued operations
 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

 
(0.13
)
 
(0.09
)
Total Diluted Earnings per Share
 
$
0.23

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.13

 
$
0.81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 (1) 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
4,857

 
$
5,042

 
$
4,900

 
$
5,207

 
$
20,006

Costs and Expenses
 
4,571

 
4,728

 
4,583

 
4,881

 
18,763

Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income
 
286

 
314

 
317

 
326

 
1,243

Income tax expense
 
46

 
61

 
79

 
67

 
253

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
47

 
36

 
43

 
43

 
169

Income from Continuing Operations
 
$
287

 
$
289

 
$
281

 
$
302

 
$
1,159

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
13

 
(12
)
 
10

 
9

 
20

Net Income
 
$
300

 
$
277

 
$
291

 
$
311

 
$
1,179

Less: Net income - noncontrolling interests
 
4

 
6

 
5

 
5

 
20

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
296

 
$
271

 
$
286

 
$
306

 
$
1,159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings per Share(2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Continuing operations
 
$
0.23

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.91

Discontinued operations
 
0.01

 
(0.01
)
 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.02

Total Basic Earnings per Share:
 
$
0.24

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings per Share(2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
0.22

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.89

Discontinued operations
 
0.01

 
(0.01
)
 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.02

Total Diluted Earnings per Share
 
$
0.23

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.91

 _________________
(1)
All periods have been revised to reflect our Discontinued Operations. Refer to Note 4 - Divestitures in our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated here by reference, for additional information.
(2)
The sum of quarterly earnings per share may differ from the full-year amounts due to rounding, or in the case of diluted earnings per share, because securities that are anti-dilutive in certain quarters may not be anti-dilutive on a full-year basis. 

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 124



ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements
Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management's best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company's financial position and results of operations.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have access to the Audit Committee.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms relating to Xerox Corporation, including our consolidated subsidiaries, and was accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on the above evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
In connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, there was no change identified in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 125




PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information regarding directors is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement (2015 Proxy Statement) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2015. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our 2015 Proxy Statement.
The information regarding the Audit Committee, its members and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated by reference herein from the subsection entitled “Committee Functions, Membership and Meetings” in the section entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our 2015 Proxy Statement.
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Finance Code of Conduct can be found on our website at: http://www.xerox.com/investor and then clicking on Corporate Governance. Information concerning our Finance Code of Conduct can be found under "Corporate Governance" in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated here by reference.
Executive Officers of Xerox
The following is a list of the executive officers of Xerox, their current ages, their present positions and the year appointed to their present positions.
Each officer is elected to hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors held on the day of the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to the provisions of the By-Laws.
Name 
 
Age
 
Present Position
 
Year Appointed to Present Position  
 
Xerox Officer Since
Ursula M. Burns*
 
56
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
2010
 
1997
James A. Firestone
 
60
 
Executive Vice President;
President, Corporate Strategy & Asian Operations
 
2008
 
1998
Jeffrey Jacobson
 
55
 
Executive Vice President;
President, Technology Business
 
2014
 
2012
Kathryn A. Mikells
 
49
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
2013
 
2013
Robert K. Zapfel
 
60
 
Executive Vice President;
President, Services Business
 
2014
 
2014
Don H. Liu
 
53
 
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
 
2007
 
2007
Thomas J. Maddison
 
51
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
 
2010
 
2010
Herve Tessler
 
51
 
Senior Vice President,
President, Corporate Operations
 
2014
 
2010
Joseph H. Mancini, Jr.
 
56
 
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
 
2013
 
2010
 
*
Member of Xerox Board of Directors
Each officer named above, with the exception of Jeffrey Jacobson, Robert Zapfel and Kathryn A. Mikells, has been an officer or an executive of Xerox or its subsidiaries for at least the past five years.
Prior to joining Xerox in 2012, Mr. Jacobson was the Chairman, President and CEO of Presstek, Inc. from 2007 to 2012. Prior to that, he was a Corporate Vice President and the Chief Operating Officer - Graphic Communications Group, of the Eastman Kodak Company from 2005 to 2007 and before that held various senior leadership positions with Kodak Polychrome Graphics from 1998 to 2005.
Prior to joining Xerox in 2014, Mr. Zapfel was General Manager, North America, Global Technology Services, at International Business Machines Corp. (IBM) from 2011 to 2013. Mr. Zapfel is a 35-year veteran of IBM who held a host of senior leadership positions in Services, including head of IBM’s Global Technology Services business for the

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 126


Americas, head of its Global Delivery organization, and head of Strategy. He also ran the Travel and Transportation and Financial Services verticals, as well as the services operations in Latin America. In addition, he ran IBM’s global financing unit.
Prior to joining Xerox in 2013, Ms. Mikells was with ADT Corporation where she was Chief Financial Officer from April 2012 to 2013. Prior to that she was Chief Financial Officer with Nalco and before that she held various senior leadership roles during her 16 year career with UAL Corporation.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information included under the following captions under “Proposal 1-Election of Directors” in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference: “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Summary Compensation Table”, “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2014”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End”, “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2014”, “Pension Benefits for the 2014 Fiscal Year”, “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for the 2014 Fiscal Year”, “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”, “Summary of Director Annual Compensation, "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee”. The information included under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference; however, this information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the subsections entitled “Ownership of Company Securities,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” under “Proposal 1- Election of Directors” in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the subsection entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” under “Proposal 1- Election of Directors” in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement. The information regarding director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the subsections entitled “Corporate Governance” and “Director Independence” in the section entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL AUDITOR FEES AND SERVICES
The information regarding principal auditor fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 2 - Ratification of Election of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our 2015 definitive Proxy Statement.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 127


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
(1)    Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule, incorporated by reference or filed as part of this report:
▪
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm including Report on Financial Statement Schedule;
▪
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014;
▪
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014;
▪
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013;
▪
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014;
▪
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014;
▪
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements;
▪
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended December 31, 2014; and
▪
All other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
(2)    Supplementary Data:
▪Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited); and
▪Five Years in Review.
(3)
The exhibits filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference are set forth in the Index of Exhibits included herein.
(b)
The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed in the “Index of Exhibits” that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant's 2015 Proxy Statement or to our directors are preceded by an asterisk (*).


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 128


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
XEROX CORPORATION
 
 
 
/s/  URSULA M. BURNS
 
Ursula M. Burns
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
February 24, 2015
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
February 24, 2015
 
Signature
 
 
Title
 
Principal Executive Officer:
 
 
/S/    URSULA M. BURNS
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ursula M. Burns
 
 
Principal Financial Officer:
 
 
/S/    KATHRYN A. MIKELLS
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Kathryn A. Mikells
 
 
Principal Accounting Officer:
 
 
/S/    JOSEPH H. MANCINI, JR.
 
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Joseph H. Mancini, Jr.
 
 
/S/    RICHARD J. HARRINGTON
 
Director
Richard J. Harrington
 
 
/S/    WILLIAM CURT HUNTER
 
Director
William Curt Hunter
 
 
/s/    ROBERT J. KEEGAN
 
Director
Robert J. Keegan
 
 
/S/    CHARLES PRINCE
 
Director
Charles Prince
 
 
/S/    ANN N. REESE
 
Director
Ann N. Reese
 
 
/s/    SARA MARTINEZ TUCKER
 
Director
Sara Martinez Tucker
 
 
/S/    MARY AGNES WILDEROTTER
 
Director
Mary Agnes Wilderotter
 
 



Xerox 2014 Annual Report 129


SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the three years ended December 31, 2014
(in millions) 
 
Balance
at beginning
of period 
 
Additions
charged to
bad debt
provision (1) 
 
Amounts
(credited)
charged to
other income
statement
accounts (1) 
 
Deductions
and other, net
of recoveries (2) 
 
Balance
at end
of period 
2014 Allowance for Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable
 
$
112

 
$
20

 
$
(3
)
 
$
(41
)
 
$
88

Finance Receivables
 
154

 
33

 
3

 
(59
)
 
131

 
 
$
266

 
$
53

 
$
—

 
$
(100
)
 
$
219

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2013 Allowance for Losses:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Accounts Receivable
 
$
108

 
$
39

 
$
(2
)
 
$
(33
)
 
$
112

Finance Receivables
 
170

 
81

 
5

 
(102
)
 
154

 
 
$
278

 
$
120

 
$
3

 
$
(135
)
 
$
266

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2012 Allowance for Losses:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Accounts Receivable
 
$
102

 
$
44

 
$
3

 
$
(41
)
 
$
108

Finance Receivables
 
201

 
75

 
5

 
(111
)
 
170

 
 
$
303

 
$
119

 
$
8

 
$
(152
)
 
$
278

 __________
(1)
Bad debt provisions relate to estimated losses due to credit and similar collectibility issues. Other charges (credits) relate to adjustments to reserves necessary to reflect events of non-payment such as customer accommodations and contract terminations.
(2)
Deductions and other, net of recoveries primarily relates to receivable write-offs, but also includes the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments and recoveries of previously written off receivables.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 130


INDEX OF EXHIBITS
Document and Location
3(a)
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on February 21, 2013.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
3(b)
By-Laws of Registrant, as amended through May 21, 2009.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2009 (filed May 28, 2009). See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(a)(1)
Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities, which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant's Board of Directors (the “December 1991 Indenture”).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registrant's Registration Statement Nos. 33-44597, 33-49177 and 33-54629. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(a)(2)
Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the December 1991 Indenture.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(a)(3)
Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of July 30, 2008, among Registrant, Wilmington Trust Company, as prior trustee, Citibank,, N.A. as prior paying agent, registrar and issuing and paying agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor trustee, relating to the December 1991 Indenture.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(3) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(b)(1)
Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2003, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant's Board of Directors (the “June 25, 2003 Indenture”).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(b)(2)
Form of Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 20, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(6) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(b)(3)
Form of Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 18, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(7) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 18, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(b)(4)
Form of Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2007 to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(2) to Registrant's Registration Statement No. 333-142900. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(c)
Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 18, 2014 between Registrant and the Initial Lenders named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and BNP Paribas Securities Corp. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (the “Credit Agreement”).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(d)
Form of Indenture dated as of December 4, 2009 between Xerox Corporation and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, relating to an unlimited amount of senior debt securities.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(5) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement No. 333-142900. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(e)(1)
Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”) as Issuer and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee (the “June 6, 2005 Indenture”).

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 131


 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 6, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
4(e)(2)
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2005, to the June 6, 2005 Indenture.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 6, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
4(e)(3)
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2010, to the June 6, 2005 Indenture between Boulder Acquisition Corp., the successor to ACS, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(j)(4) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
4(f)
Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request.
10
The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed below that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant's 2015 Proxy Statement or to our directors are preceded by an asterisk (*).
*10(a)(1)
Registrant's Form of Separation Agreement (with salary continuance) - February 2010.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(a)(2)
Registrant's Form of Separation Agreement (without salary continuance) - February 2010.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
10(b)
[Reserved]
10(c)
[Reserved]
*10(d)(1)
Registrant's 2004 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2013 (“2004 ECPNED”).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(d)(2)
Form of Agreement under 2004 ECPNED.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(2) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(d)(3)
Form of Grant Summary under 2004 ECPNED.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(3) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(d)(4)
Form of DSU Deferral under 2004 ECPNED.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(4) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(1)
Registrant's 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of May 24, 2012 ("2012 PIP").
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(26) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(2)
Performance Elements for 2012 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2012 ELTIP”).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(21) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(3)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Award under 2012 ELTIP (Performance Shares).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(22) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(4)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2012 ELTIP (Performance Shares).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(23) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(5)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award Summary under 2012 ELTIP.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 132


 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(24) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(6)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award under 2012 ELTIP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(25) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(7)
Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2013.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(17) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(8)
Performance Elements for 2013 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program ("2013 ELTIP").
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(24) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(9)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Award under 2013 ELTIP (Performance Shares).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(25) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(10)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2013 ELTIP (Performance Shares).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(26) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(11)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award Summary under 2013 ELTIP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(24) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(12)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award under 2013 ELTIP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(25) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(13)
Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 11, 2013 to 2012 PIP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(23) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(14)
Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2014.
*10(e)(15)
Performance Elements for 2014 Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(25) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(16)
Form of Award Agreement under 2012 PIP (Performance Shares).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(26) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(17)
Form of Award Summary under 2012 PIP (Performance Shares).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(27) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(18)
Form of Award Agreement under 2012 PIP (Retention Restricted Stock Units).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(28) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(19)
Form of Award Summary under 2012 PIP (Retention Restricted Stock Units).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(29) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(e)(20)
Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2015 (“2015 APIP”)
*10(e)(21)
Performance Elements for 2015 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program ("2015 ELTIP")
*10(e)(22)
Form of Award Agreement under 2015 ELTIP (Performance Shares)
*10(e)(23)
Form of Award Agreement under 2015 ELTIP (Retention Restricted Stock Units)
*10(f)
Letter Agreement dated March 19, 2014 between Registrant and Robert K.
Zapfel, Executive Vice President and President, Services of Registrant.
*10(g)(1)
2004 Restatement of Registrant's Unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated December 4, 2007 (“2007 USERP”).

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 133


 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(g)(2)
Amendment dated December 4, 2007 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(g)(3)
Amendment No. 1 dated December 11, 2008 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(3) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(g)(4)
Amendment No. 2 dated April 28, 2011 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(4) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(g)(5)
Amendment No. 3 dated December 7, 2011 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(5) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(h)
1996 Amendment and Restatement of Registrant's Restricted Stock Plan for Directors, as amended through February 4, 2002.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
10(i)
[Reserved]
*10(j)(1)
Registrant's Universal Life Plan as amended and restated as of August 26, 2013.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)(1) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-00471.
*10(j)(2)
Participant Agreement for Registrant's Universal Life Plan.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)(2) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-00471.
*10(k)(1)
Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended and restated December 5, 2007 (“DCPD”).
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(k)(2)
Amendment dated December 5, 2007 to DCPD.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(k)(3)
Amendment No. 2 dated May 17, 2010 to DCPD.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(3) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(l)
Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, 2004 Restatement, as amended through August 11, 2004.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
10(m)
Separation Agreement dated May 11, 2000 between Registrant and G. Richard Thoman, former President and Chief Executive Officer of Registrant.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(n)
Uniform Rule dated December 17, 2008 for all Deferred Compensation Promised by Registrant.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
10(o)
2006 Technology Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2006, by and between Registrant and Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.**
*10(p)
Form of Severance Agreement entered into with various executive officers, effective October 2010.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

Xerox 2014 Annual Report 134


*10(q)
Senior Executive Agreement dated September 27, 2009 among ACS, Registrant and Lynn Blodgett.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
*10(r)(1)
Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”) 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (“ACS 1997 SIP”)
 
Incorporated by reference to Appendix D to ACS's Joint Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed November 14, 1997. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
*10(r)(2)
Amendment No. 1 dated October 28, 2004 to ACS 1997 SIP.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to ACS's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed December 6, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
*10(s)
ACS Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 21, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
*10(t)
ACS 401(k) Supplemental Plan, effective as of July 1, 2000, as amended.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to ACS's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
*10(u)
Letter Agreement dated March 25, 2013 between Registrant and Kathryn A. Mikells, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 2013. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
*10(v)
Master Plan Amendment dated May 2, 2011 to Registrant-Sponsored Benefit             Plans.
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(bb) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
12
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed charges and the Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
21
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
31(a)
Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).
31(b)
Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).
32
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document.
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase.
 
**Pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and/or a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the confidential portion of this material has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Xerox 2014 Annual Report 135